cc c ■:> % 
 
 c < 
 
 c , ^> <c 
 
 < cc 
 
 s 
 
 C c Cv < 
 
 5 £ 
 
 
 <: Cj C 
 
 ^ v 
 
 S-S ! 
 
 ) 
 
 j< c 
 
 ( v C 
 
 c c\ «- *^"- 
 
 < ct 
 
 r 
 
 >. 
 
 ' < C>-( Cc 
 
 
 i 
 
 __^- c c 
 
 
 _c 
 
 
 c 
 
 '*- — r " 
 
 < • 
 
 
 a— > vc - c 
 
 C > 4 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 c < 
 
 < 
 
 ■ 
 
 ^w_ c c 
 
 4. — r< rf'i *^" 1 
 
 c 
 
 < c 
 
 cT 
 
 < C\- 
 
 A -v ( 
 
 C c 
 
 C C'CcC 
 
 < < 
 
 ; <r c 
 
 C i 
 
 r cc< 
 cCC 
 
 
 c c 
 
 C.C 
 
 C Ccc .^L"c 
 
 <^ 
 
 CC 
 
 CCC 
 
 CCC 
 c < c c < 
 
 C < c <. 
 
 Cc ( 
 
 ^Fc C 
 
 ■ c c 
 
 C < C 
 
 cc c 
 
 *C2 
 
 c 
 
 C C 
 ■ c 
 
 c c 
 
 ^V^C < c ' C 
 
 <CC^ c_ C C 
 
 C i 
 
 c ■ 
 
 <c 
 
 CCo 
 
 c 
 
 CJC v Cj 
 
 {LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. J 
 
 < 
 
 CC ' < < 
 
 cc c 
 
 C c C C 
 
 c< c c 
 
 <sc 
 
 k, ^xt^t^t- r 
 
 
 c c>_c I c 
 
 <§c 
 
 «3 
 
 cc S c 
 OCT "< c 
 
 ! |f lmg 
 
 - f W>gw |j» | 
 
 ^ A i 4 
 
 
 < C ' c 
 
 2P 
 
 <8T 
 
 
 | -=^k 
 
 
 c c c c < 
 
 c C <~ C << 
 
 
 ( CC( 
 c C c 
 
 | UNITED ST 
 
 
 cCCC 
 
 <CC 
 
 ^ *■> — v. 
 
 /C c 
 
 'ATES OP AMERICA.! 
 
 
 * C c 
 
 
 c 
 
 13 ■%-<^^.^'%>.<^<%, 
 
 
 
 *■■ 
 
 c cc < ^ 
 
 c « c c 
 
 c 
 
 -.cs> c 
 
 c c< c 
 
 c lC c JS3^ : c 
 
 c c: c i 
 
 - c ^ Cc 
 
 c 
 
 <~ c 
 
 C vc * ! ^Cc 
 
 < C C « 
 
 Cc 
 
 < 
 
 - ^V-i> 
 CCC 
 
 ^ cc C c< 
 
 ■ c 
 
 C« Cc 
 
 s Cc 
 
 <L c 
 
 ■ c 
 
 C 
 
 CO 
 
 -<:<c 
 
 2*s *. <v <; <v( 
 
 ^C <-<« C cc 
 
 <^ CC dC 
 
 v - C 
 
 - c c 
 
 c 
 
 Ccc C< 
 
 C 
 
 CCC: 
 
 ^ c c <r <: . 
 
 
 CC< cc 
 
 c 
 
 <LC 
 
 
 
 CC 
 
 c. - C 
 
 CC 
 
 c c< c c 
 
 CC V 
 
 Cc 
 
 c 
 
 dec 
 
 c cc c c 
 
 Cc C 
 
 c c . 
 
 c 
 
 . <:& 
 
 C C c C C 
 
 
 < «c <L < 
 
 .. c 
 
 c ^C« 
 
 
 
 c<: 
 
 c 
 
 ' <3o 
 
 c ^ 
 
 c <rC <^ 
 
 C < 
 
 c 
 
 ^^drcc 
 
 c ^^ 
 
 c 
 
 c c 
 
 c 
 
 dlCC 
 
 < <c 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 *^z<c 
 
 <d 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 c 
 
 ««aczcc 
 
 ^ <c 
 
 ' < c 
 
 
 c 
 
 CC cc 
 
 <c 
 
 <7 
 
 « 
 
 c 
 
 OC co 
 
 v « 
 
 ^ 
 
 C C 
 
 c < 
 
 < <T CC 
 
 t ! cc 
 
 <7 
 
 CO 
 
 c 
 
 CC!rC< 
 
 <C <c 
 
 c 
 
 
 c * 
 
 c cc 
 
 < cc 
 
 c 
 
 
 c 
 
 c c c< 
 
 < <c * c c 
 
 ( v C 
 
 < c 
 
 C c 
 
 C <C C r 
 
 c c; c c 
 
 c 
 
 kT f ^^d 
 
 c c 
 
 c cc 
 
 c <c: c c; 
 
 
 ^C ^ c 4 
 
 C c 
 
 < C C< 
 
 «r c c< 
 
 
 c *:_< < 
 
 : c 
 
 «c cc 
 
 c <mz c cc 
 
 
CC<C 
 
 c cc 
 
 c C <C <C 
 < CCC 
 
 c 
 
 < 
 
 c c 
 
 d c 
 
 C c 
 
 C7 « 
 
 v « C < 
 <Cc c Cf; < 
 
 <7c < C C _ < 
 « "C < • C C 
 
 c c C C < 
 
 C < C 
 v cCCJC < 
 
 C < C C 5 c 
 
 Cv 
 
 v (v ■ 
 
 ccc c 
 ^ ccc< 4 ^ 
 
 C <r 
 C 
 
 _~ v c« Ccc - ' 
 
 r c « C 
 
 <c c 
 
 cc - - 
 <? 
 
 C C '- 
 
 < *< <$?. ecu.. 
 
 < c < < c 
 
 ■ <: < c ; 
 c c: 
 c C - 
 
 <d c, <c 
 
 ^ ccc 
 
 C Cc 
 < c<C 
 
 <"■ *€:« 
 
 ^ C ' 
 
 c 
 
 C v <C> 
 
 c <■ 
 
 : c 
 
 c 
 
 <C < ' 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 C ( < 
 
 -( 
 
 ( 
 
 C< < 
 
 v 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 C 
 
 ( 
 
 C • C^-" 
 
 c 
 
 < 
 
 :. c 
 
 <c 
 
 
 <^^ c:-c\ 
 
 c 
 
 
 c<.< 
 
 < 
 
 <. 
 
 ' 
 
 c 
 
 
 <: < 
 
 t 
 
 < 
 
 ' < ■ * c < 
 
 ' 
 
 
 <L < c 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 c < 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 ' 4 
 
 < 
 
 < o C - 
 
 < c c < , 
 
 c 
 
 
 4 
 
 O c 
 c: c 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 
 t c - 
 
 C 
 
 4 
 
 < 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 
 c c 
 
 c_ 
 
 «* 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 
 • « 
 
 
 <Z C 
 
 C 
 
 
 c C ccc 
 
 (■ ( 
 
 ^Z < C f 
 
 c 
 
 
 < , C . W • ■ < 
 
 
 * 
 
 jc 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 c 
 
 < 
 
 
 c < • 
 
 cv< c< 
 
 V 
 
 c < 
 1 
 
 <*c 
 
 < C 
 
 K 
 
 LC 
 
 ' 
 
 c 'ccc 
 
 c: C'v< 
 
 C 
 . C 
 
 <c 
 
 c C 
 
 3T 
 
 
 <^ 
 
 c c 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 c < \ 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 c c 
 
 <: 
 
 
 c c rv CCC 
 
 < c 
 
 Cc 
 
 C Cc 
 
 
 C 
 
 c . c v ■. C 
 
 C- 
 
 cc< c 
 
 c c 
 
 - 
 
 < 
 
 < C CCC ' 
 
 <- 
 
 <C < 
 
 C c 
 
 
 
 c. * c < CC <- 
 
 c 
 
 CC 
 
 C C c 
 
 
 
 < ' c c< c • 
 
 < 
 
 CCC? 
 
 C_ C 
 
 
 
 CCC < 
 
 C < 
 
 < Cc 
 
 - C c 
 
 c 
 
 
 <r c c 
 
 c 
 
 c C C 
 
 c C c 
 
 
 
 c C C 
 
 <T 
 
 cc c 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 CCO 
 
 
 c c 
 
 c C c 
 
 « 
 
 
 ~ CC c 
 
 <: 
 
 c c 
 
 C 
 
 C 
 
 
 c^c c 
 
 4L 
 
 cc 
 
 c c 
 
 C 
 
 
 < ' c CCC 
 
 
 c c 
 
 c 
 
 C 
 
 
 ' " CC C 
 
 C 
 
 c c 
 
 O 
 
 C 
 
 
 <C <f t 
 
 <£ 
 
 c C 
 
 CC 
 
 C < 
 
 
 ^^=~^^~^ 
 
 
 c < 
 
 c 
 
 < 
 
 
 *^L<Zs 
 
 <3 
 
 : < >. 
 
 c 
 
 [ 
 
 * 
 
 C d 
 
 c 
 
 ' c C 
 
 y 
 
 
 CC< c C^l 
 
 
 
 c . c 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 < 
 
 <C^2 
 
 < 
 
 ^c 
 
 1 c 
 
 
 C ^L 
 
 c 
 
 
 « c 
 
 f c 
 
 < 
 
 Cc 
 
 c r? 4 
 
 ^rP 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 vC 
 
 < v 
 
 
 c:, c< . 
 
 ^c 
 
 cc 
 
 CXV 
 
 ( 
 
 c< 
 
 
 
 Cc 
 
 CC 
 
 < 
 
 c< 
 
 
 
 <c - c c;c 
 
 C"c 
 
 < 
 
 <Z c 
 
 c 
 
 
 c cc 
 
 c< 
 
 c < 
 
 cV < 
 
 
 
 C"CC 
 
 
 < 
 
 ^•BC '-■" 
 
 < <: 
 
 
 < ' ^ c c « 
 
 r <^ 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 C c ccc 
 
 vr 
 
 < 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 c c< 
 
 << 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 C c c Cc 
 
 <_ 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 c<c^ : 
 
 < < 
 
 
 c c c ccc 
 C cc < < .c c_ 
 
 <?c 
 
 <" 
 
 CC 
 
 c 
 
 
 C d c c > 
 
 c C 
 
 < 
 
 c ■_*■' 
 
 < 
 
 
 C C c c c 
 
 < 
 
 c 
 
 <C 
 
 < 
 
 4 
 
 : C < . c C* 
 
 c 
 
 c < 
 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 Cv" -C< ■ C C-< 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 c 
 
 C 
 
 c cc c <c, 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 c 
 
 ■ c 
 
 CC < < (. c 
 
 
 c c 
 < < 
 
 c < 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 Cc c < C <C 
 cc c « v <c 
 C < c <c 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 
 c < 
 
 
 ' c < < <C < 
 
 1 
 
 t 
 
COURSE OF FRENCH. 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
^ 
 
 \ 
 
ELEMENTARY 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM 
 
 OF 
 
 INSTRUCTION IN FRENCH, 
 
 COMPRISING THE FOLLOWING SUBJECTS, TO BE STUDIED IN CONNECTION TVITH THE 
 GRAMMAR TEXT-BOOK, VIZ.: 
 
 TABLES. 
 
 No. 1. The Definite Article. 
 
 2. The Indefinite Article. 
 
 3. The Partitive Article. 
 
 4. The Demonstrative pron. Conjunctive. 
 
 5. The Demonstrative pron. Disjunctive. 
 
 6. The Demonstratives Celui qui and que. 
 
 7. Interrogative pronoun with noun. 
 
 8. Int. adj." pron. referring to last noun. 
 
 9. Possessive pron. Conjunctive. 
 
 10. Possessive pron. Disjunctive. 
 
 11. Verbs, Scheme of Derivation. 
 
 12. Personal pron. Norn, and Objective. 
 
 TABLES. 
 
 No. 13. Place and order of Objective pronouns. 
 
 14. Adverbs of Quantity. 
 
 15. Conjunctions req. Subjunctive. 
 
 16. Supplying words in answer. 
 
 17. Pronunciation of Numeral adj. 
 
 18. Use of Y avoir. 
 
 19. Eeflected Verbs and use of Past tense. 
 
 20. Difference between English and French 
 
 prepositions. 
 
 21. Use of Subjunctive 
 
 22. Course of Idioms. 
 
 THE WHOLE DEVISED, AND ARRANGED IN PRACTICAL FORM, FOR THE USE OF 
 THE CADETS OF THE U. S. MILITARY ACADEMY. 
 
 BT H. E. AGNEL, 
 
 Professor of French. 
 
 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 D. VAN NOSTRAND, 192 BROADWAY. 
 
 1862. 
 
 v^fc, l./H^ 
 

 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1862, 
 
 BY H. K AGNEL, 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the 
 Southern District of New York. 
 
 
 O. A. ALVOED, STKEEOTYPEE AXD PRINTER. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM 
 
 TABLE I. 
 The Definite Article. 
 
 
 MASCULINE 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 FEMININE 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 COMMON TO 
 
 EITHER GENDER. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 The. 
 
 Of or from the. 
 
 To or at the. 
 
 le. 
 du. 
 au. 
 
 la. 
 
 de la. 
 d la. 
 
 V. 
 deV. 
 
 dr. 
 
 les. 
 des. 
 
 aitx. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 Of, } 7 
 From,p e - 
 To, 1 , 
 At \ a - 
 
 Used 
 before nouns 
 masculine be- 
 ginning with a 
 consonant. 
 
 Used 
 before nouns 
 feminine begin- 
 ning with a 
 consonant. 
 
 Used 
 
 before nouns of 
 either gender 
 beginning with 
 a vowel or h 
 mute. 
 
 Used 
 before all nouns 
 plural. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 Combined with plural of nouns and the auxiliary verb avoir. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Have you the master's book ? I have not the master's book. 
 
 Have I given the house and garden to You have given the garden to the wo- 
 man and the house to the man. 
 
 the man or the woman ? 
 Has he sent the cabbages to the boats ? 
 
 Have the generals seen the arsenals? 
 ^Viil the children have the gloves ? 
 
 He has sent the cabbages to the boats, 
 and the boats to the canals. 
 
 The generals have not seen the arsenals, 
 but the admirals have seen the light- 
 houses. 
 
 They will not have the gloves, they will 
 have the coats. 
 
 Have you not given the jewels to the I have given the jewels to the lady of 
 marshal ? the house. 
 
 Have you spoken from the window ? 
 Was he at the bank or at the wharf? 
 
 I have not spoken from the window, I 
 have spoken from the balcony. 
 
 He was not at the bank, he was at the 
 wharf. 
 
6 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 MODE OF RECITATION". 
 
 For the purposes of recitation upon tables, the pupil is sent to the blackboard 
 with slips in the following form : 
 
 TABLE I. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 No. 1. 
 
 
 MASCULINE 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 COMMON. 
 
 PLITBAL. 
 
 Verb avoir. 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Present. 
 
 Simple and 
 
 compound. 
 
 The. 
 
 Of or from the. 
 
 To or at the. 
 
 
 
 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Have you the master's book ? I have not the master's book. 
 Have I given the house and garden to You have given the garden to the 
 the man or to the woman ? woman and the house to the man. 
 
 Has he sent the cabbages to the boats ? He has sent the cabbages to the boats, 
 
 and the boats to the canals. 
 
 These he transcribes, filling up the blanks with the correct French renderings, 
 translating the practical examples in accordance with the principles developed in 
 the table, and explaining these principles when called upon to recite. The same 
 method is followed for each succeeding table. 
 
 The following diagram exhibits the board as filled up by the pupil : 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 THE 
 
 DEFLNITE ARTICLE. 
 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 COMMON. 
 
 PLITBAL. 
 
 The. 
 
 
 le. 
 
 la. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 les. 
 
 Of or from the. 
 
 
 du. 
 
 de la. 
 
 
 deP. 
 
 des. 
 
 To or at the. 
 
 
 au. 
 
 d la. 
 
 
 dV. 
 
 aux. 
 
 
 A] 
 
 ^PLICATION. 
 
 
 Q. Avez-vous le livre du maitre ? 
 
 A. Je n'ai pas le litre du maitre. 
 
 Q. Ai-je donne 
 
 la maison et le jar 
 
 din a A. Yous avez 
 
 donne lejardin a la femme 
 
 VJiomme ou a 
 
 la femme ? 
 
 et la maison a Vhomme. 
 
 Q. A-t-il envoye 
 
 les cJioux auz batec 
 
 luxf A. II a envoye les choux auz bateaux, et 
 
 
 
 les bateaux 
 
 avix canaux. 
 
 
 
 •Avoir. 
 
 
 IND. 
 
 PR. SIMPLE. 
 
 
 COMPOUND. 
 
 J'ai. 
 
 nous avons. 
 
 J'ai eu. 
 
 nous avons eu. 
 
 tu as. 
 
 vous avez. 
 
 tu as eu. 
 
 vous avez eu. 
 
 il a. 
 
 Us ont. 
 
 il a eu. 
 
 Us ont eu. 
 
 elk a. 
 
 elles ont. 
 
 elk a eu. 
 
 elles ont eu. 
 
 on a. 
 
 
 on a eu. 
 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 Master, 
 
 matlre. 
 
 Arsenal, 
 
 arsenal, m. 
 
 Bank, banque, f. 
 
 Book, 
 
 Here, m. 
 
 Lighthouse, 
 
 fanal, m. 
 
 "Wharf, quai, m. 
 
 House, 
 
 maison, f. 
 
 Child, 
 
 enfant, m. 
 
 Sent, envoye. 
 
 Garden, 
 
 jardin, m. 
 
 Glove, 
 
 gant. 
 
 Seen, vu. 
 
 Man, 
 
 homme. 
 
 Coat, 
 
 habit, m. 
 
 Given, donnL 
 
 Woman, 
 
 femme. 
 
 Jewel, 
 
 bijou, m. 
 
 Spoken, parle. 
 
 Cabbage, 
 
 chou, m. 
 
 Marshal, 
 
 marechal. 
 
 Or, ou. 
 
 Boat, 
 
 bateau, m. 
 
 Lady, 
 
 dame. 
 
 And, efc 
 
 Canal, 
 
 canal, m. 
 
 Window, 
 
 fenetre, f. 
 
 But, mats. 
 
 General, 
 
 general. 
 
 Balcony, 
 
 balcon, m. 
 
 
 TABLE II. 
 The Indefinite Article. 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 A or an. 
 
 un. 
 
 une. 
 
 un livre. 
 
 Of or from a. 
 
 d'un. 
 
 d?une. 
 
 un ouvrage. 
 
 To or at a. 
 
 d un. 
 
 d une. 
 
 une maison. 
 une histoire. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 Combined with the verb avoir. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Have I a handkerchief? 
 
 Hast thou a house ? 
 
 Has he a friend ? 
 
 Has shea card? 
 
 Have we a carpet? 
 
 Have they an admiral? 
 
 Had I spoken of a palace? 
 
 Hadst thou spoken from a window ? 
 
 Had he spoken to a foreigner ? 
 
 ANSWEKS. 
 
 You have a handkerchief. 
 
 I have a house. 
 
 He has a friend. 
 
 She has a card. 
 
 You have a carpet. 
 
 They have an admiral. 
 
 You had spoken of a palace. 
 
 I had spoken from a balcony. 
 
 He had not spoken to a foreigner, he 
 
 Had we not given a table to a lady ? 
 
 Have you read a novel? 
 
 Had they sent a horse to the house ? 
 
 had spoken to a friend. 
 You had given a table to a gentleman. 
 I have read a novel. 
 They had sent a horse to the stable. 
 
 "Would you have a house and a garden ? We should have a house, a garden and a 
 
 horse. 
 Have you thrown a stone at a cat or at From a window I have thrown a stone 
 a dog? at a cat. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Handkerchief, mouchair, m. 
 
 Friend, ami, m. 
 
 Card, carte, f. 
 
 Carpet, tapis, m. 
 
 AdmiraL amiral 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Palace, palais, m. 
 
 Foreigner, etranger, m. 
 Table, table, i 
 
 Gentleman, monsieur. 
 Novel, roman, m. 
 
 Horse, cheval. 
 Stable, ecurie, f. 
 Cat, chat, m. 
 Dog, chien. 
 Thrown, jete. 
 
 TABLE III. 
 The Partitive Article. 
 
 
 MASCULINE 
 8INGULAB. 
 
 FEMININE 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 COMMON TO 
 
 EITHER GENDER. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Some or any. 
 Of or from some. 
 To or at some. 
 
 d\JL 
 
 de. 
 d du. 
 
 de la. 
 
 de. 
 
 d de la. 
 
 deV. 
 
 d\ 
 
 ddeV. 
 
 des. 
 de. 
 d des. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 Have you any bread ? 
 Has he any beer ? 
 Have we any water? 
 Have they any apples ? 
 I speak of some bread. 
 We speak of some beer. 
 You speak of some water. 
 They speak of some apples. 
 
 Have you added some gold to some cop- 
 per? 
 
 Has he added some water to some beer ? 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I have some bread. 
 He has some beer. 
 You have some water. 
 They have some apples. 
 
 No, sir, I have added some silver to 
 some lead. 
 
 Yes. sir, he has added some water to 
 some beer. 
 
 Have they added some wine to some They have added wine to water. 
 
 water ? 
 Has she spoken to some men ? She has spoken to some men and women. 
 
 N. Some or any, when preceding an adjective, or in a sentence purely negative, 
 must be rendered by de, and some or any when understood in English, must be 
 expressed in French, 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Have you any good wine ? I have not any good wine, or, I have no 
 
 good wine. 
 
 Have you good or bad water? I have good water, I never have bad 
 
 water. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 
 
 r ill you have good books to-day ? 
 is he any bread ? 
 
 I shall have no good books to-day, I shall 
 have good books to-morrow. 
 
 He has no bread, he has wine and meat 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 
 Brek 
 
 pain, m. 
 
 Copper, 
 
 cuivre, m. 
 
 Good, 
 
 bon. 
 
 Beel 
 
 Mere, f. 
 
 Silver, 
 
 argent, m. 
 
 Bad, 
 
 mauvais. 
 
 Watt, 
 
 eau, f. 
 
 Lead, 
 
 plomb, m. 
 
 To-morrow, 
 
 domain. 
 
 Appll 
 
 pomme, f. 
 
 Wine, 
 
 vin, m. 
 
 Added. 
 
 ajoute. 
 
 Gold,\ 
 
 or, m. 
 
 Meat, 
 
 viande, t 
 
 
 
 TABLE IV, 
 The Demonstrative Adjective Conjunctive. 
 
 
 MASCULINE 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 FEMININE 8INO. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 This o that. 
 
 Ce. 
 
 Cet. 
 
 Cette. 
 
 Ces, These, those. 
 
 Of or torn 
 
 this.l 
 
 de ce. 
 
 de cet. 
 
 de cette. 
 
 de ces, of these. 
 
 To or althis. 
 
 d ce. 
 
 d cet. 
 
 d cette. 
 
 d ces, to these. 
 
 
 Used 
 
 Used 
 
 Used 
 
 Used 
 
 
 before mascu- 
 
 before mascu- 
 
 before femin- 
 
 before plural nouns. 
 
 
 line nouns be- 
 
 line nouns be- | ine nouns sin- 
 
 
 
 ginning with 
 
 ginning with 
 
 gular. 
 
 
 
 a consonant. 
 
 a vowel or si- 
 lent h. 
 
 
 
 For proxiaity add ci to the noun, as : Ce de-ci. This thimble. 
 For distaifce add Id to the noun, as : Ce de-Id. That thimble. 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 Proximii 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Is this wine 4d ? 
 
 Is this womai sick? 
 
 Is this bird very pretty ? 
 
 Are these hor&s good ? 
 
 Are these treesjlead ? 
 
 Distance. 
 Is that glass br<ken ? 
 
 Is not that bottli clean ? 
 
 Is not that man 4ry tall ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 This wine is old. 
 This woman is sick. 
 Tin's bird is very pretty. 
 These horses are not good. 
 These trees are not dead. 
 
 That glass is not broken. 
 That bottle is clean. 
 That man is very tall. 
 
10 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Are those generals prudent ? 
 "Were not those children obedient ? 
 
 Those generals are prudent. 
 Those children were obedient. 
 
 PROMISCUOUS. 
 
 Have you given this money to that man ? I have given the money to that wonan. 
 
 "Was not this bird in that cage ? That bird was not in that cage, i was 
 
 in this cage. 
 
 "Were those men with these men ? These men were not with tnose men, 
 
 but these women were with those 
 women. 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 
 Bird, 
 
 oiseau, m. 
 
 Old, vieux. 
 
 Clean, 
 
 propn. 
 
 Tree, 
 
 arbre, m. 
 
 Sick, malade. 
 
 Tall, 
 
 gran,. 
 
 Glass, 
 
 verre, m. 
 
 Pretty, joli. 
 
 Prudent, 
 
 prudnt 
 
 Bottle, 
 
 bouieille, f. 
 
 Bead, mort. 
 
 Obedient. 
 
 obeisant. 
 
 Cage, 
 
 cage, f. 
 
 Broken, casse. 
 
 Given, 
 
 donrs. 
 
 TABLE V. 
 
 The Demonstrative Pronoun Disjunctive, detei mining 
 Proximity or Distance. 
 
 PBOXDtTTTT. 
 
 MASCtXIXE. 
 
 FElCDfXE. 
 
 This one. 
 
 Of or from this one. 
 
 To or at this one. 
 
 STSGCTAB. 
 
 Celui-ci. 
 de celui-ci. 
 a celui-ci. 
 
 PLTTBAL. 
 
 Ceux-ci. 
 de ceux-ci. 
 d ceux-ci. 
 
 SIXGTTIaB. 
 
 Celle-ci 
 de celled. 
 a celle-'i. 
 
 PLCJiX. 
 
 Cellesci. 
 de celes-ci. 
 d cells-ci. 
 
 These. 
 
 Of or from these. 
 
 To or at these. 
 
 DISTANCE. 
 
 MAScrxrs'E. 
 
 FEJI>T>~E. 
 
 That one. 
 
 Of or from that one. 
 
 To or at that one. 
 
 SLSGrLAS. 
 
 Celui-ld. 
 de celui-ld. 
 d celui-ld. 
 
 PLURAI. 
 
 Ceux-ld. 
 de ceux-ld. 
 d ceux-ld. 
 
 SISTTLAB. 
 
 Cell-Id. 
 de <ellt-ld. 
 d cik-ld. 
 
 'LTTBAL. 
 
 Celes-ld. 
 decelles-ld. 
 d relies- Id. 
 
 Those. 
 
 Of or from those. 
 
 To or at those. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 11 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Have you opened this door ? 
 
 Have you shut that shutter ? 
 
 Have you broken that board ? 
 
 Have you spoken of these merchants or 
 of those ? 
 
 Have they given bread to those children ? 
 
 Is that pen good? 
 Are those houses good or bad ? 
 Had you this one or that one ? 
 When will they have those ? 
 
 Door, porte, f. 
 
 Shutter, volet, m. 
 
 Board, planche, f. 
 
 Merchant, negotiant. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I have not opened that one. 
 
 I have not shut that one. 
 
 I have not broken that one. 
 
 I have not spoken of those, I have 
 spoken of these. 
 
 They have given bread to these and 
 water to those. 
 
 That one is good, this one is very bad. 
 
 Those are good, these are very bad. 
 
 I had that one. 
 
 They will have those to-morrow. 
 VOCABULARY. 
 Pen, plume, f. Broken, casse. 
 
 To-morrow, demain. Bad, mavxais. 
 
 Opened, ouvert 
 
 Shut, ferine. 
 
 TABLE VI. 
 The Demoii§tratives Celui que and Celui qui. 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 
 
 The one. 
 
 Of or from the one. 
 
 To or at the one. 
 
 6INGULAB. 
 
 Celui. 
 de celui. 
 d celui. 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 Ceux. 
 de ceux. 
 d ceux. 
 
 SINGULAR 
 
 Celle. 
 de celle. 
 d celle. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Celles. 
 de celles. 
 d celles. 
 
 NOMIN- 
 
 The one who, 
 He who, 
 The one that, 
 The one which, 
 He that, J 
 
 1TIVE. 
 
 ► Celui qui. 
 
 Those. 
 
 Of or from those. 
 
 To or at those. 
 
 OBJECTIVE. 
 
 The one whom, "1 
 He whom 1 ^ • 
 The one which, | ■* 
 The one that, J 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Nominative. 
 Where is the one that was here ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 The one that was here is on the desk. 
 
 Have you spoken of the one that was I have spoken of the one that was here, 
 here ? and of the one that was in the box. 
 
12 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Have you spoken to the man ? I have spoken to the one who was here 
 
 this morning. 
 Where are those that "were here ? Those that were here are in the desk. 
 
 Have you not spoken to the men ? I have spoken to those who were here 
 
 this morning. 
 Objective. 
 Have you the one I had yesterday? I have the one that you had. 
 
 Had you spoken of the one he had this I had not spoken of the one he had, I 
 morning ? had spoken of the one you had. 
 
 Have they spoken to the one I had seen They have not spoken to the one whom 
 yesterday ? you had seen yesterday ; they have 
 
 spoken to the one who was here yes- 
 terday. 
 
 Have you those that I had yesterday ? I have those that you had yesterday 
 
 morning. 
 
 Had you spoken of those he had this I had not spoken of those he had, I had 
 morning ? spoken of those you had. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Desk, bureau, m. Yesterday, hier. Here, ici. 
 
 Box, boite, m. Yesterday morning, hier matin. In, dans. 
 
 Morning, matin, m. "Where. ou. Or, ou. 
 
 TABLE VII. 
 Interrogative Adjective Pronoun, with Nonn. 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 feminine. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 "What, which. 
 
 Quel. 
 
 Quels. 
 
 Quelle. 
 
 Quelles. 
 
 Of or from which. 
 
 de quel. 
 
 de quels. 
 
 de quelle. 
 
 de quelles. 
 
 To or at which. 
 
 d quel. 
 
 d quels. 
 
 a quelle. 
 
 d quelles. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Singular. 
 Which book have you ? I have the one you had. 
 
 Of which book do you speak ? I speak of the one you had this morning. 
 
 To which workman have you given the I have given the money to the one that 
 money? was here. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Which books haye you lost I have lost those that I had found here. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 18 
 
 Of which works do they speak ? 
 
 They speak of those that are in the 
 trunk. 
 
 To which horses have you given hay ? I have given hay to that man's. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 Singular 
 "Which pen has she ? She has the one I had. 
 
 Of which pen does she speak ? She speaks of this one. 
 
 To which mare has he given the water ? He has given the water to that one. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Which women have the feathers ? Those that were here this morning. 
 
 From which cities has he received the From those which are on the bank of 
 
 letters ? the river. 
 
 To what ladies have you written? I have written to those who were here 
 
 yesterday. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Feather, plume, f. Lost, perdu. 
 
 City, ville, f. Found, trouve. 
 
 Letter, lettre, f. Written, ecrit 
 
 Bank, bord, m. Given, donne. 
 
 River, riviere, f. Received, re$u. 
 
 Work, 
 
 ouvrage, m. 
 
 "Workman, 
 
 ouvrier. 
 
 Trunk, 
 
 matte, f. 
 
 Hay, 
 
 fain, m. 
 
 Mare, 
 
 jument 
 
 TABLE VIII. 
 
 Interrogative Adjective Pronoun, referring to last 
 
 Noun. 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Which one. 
 
 lequel. 
 
 laquelle. 
 
 Of or from which one. 
 
 duquel. 
 
 de laquelle. 
 
 To or at which one. 
 
 auquel. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 a laquelle. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 Which. 
 
 lesquels. 
 
 lesquelles. 
 
 Of or from which. 
 
 desquels. 
 
 desquelles. 
 
 To or at which. 
 
 auxquels. 
 
 auxquelles. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 REFERRING TO MASCULINE NOUNS. 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Singular. 
 Which one have you ? I have the one you had. 
 
u 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Of which one do you speak ? 
 
 To which one do you speak ? 
 
 Plural. 
 "Which have you ? 
 
 Of which do you speak ? 
 
 To winch do you speak ? 
 
 I speak of the one you have. 
 I speak to that one. 
 
 I have those you had yesterday. 
 I speak of those you have. 
 I speak to those. 
 
 Referring to Feminine Nouns. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 Singular. 
 Which one has she ? 
 
 Of which one does she speak ? 
 
 To which one do you speak ? 
 
 Plural. 
 Which have you ? 
 
 Of which do you speak ? 
 
 To which do you speak ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 She has the one you had. 
 
 She speaks of the one you have. 
 
 I speak to this one. 
 
 I have those you had yesterday. 
 I speak of those you have. 
 I speak to those. 
 
 TABLE IX. 
 The Possessive Pronouns Conjunctive. 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 PLUBAL. 
 
 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 MASC. & FBM. 
 
 
 My. 
 
 mon. 
 
 ma. 
 
 mes. 
 
 
 Thy. 
 
 His, her, its. 
 
 Our. 
 
 ton. 
 
 son. 
 notre. 
 
 ta. 
 
 sa. 
 notre. 
 
 tes. 
 ses. 
 nos. 
 
 Declined 
 
 with the 
 
 prepositions 
 
 de and d. 
 
 Your. 
 
 votre. 
 
 voire. 
 
 vos. 
 
 
 Their. 
 
 leur. 
 
 leur. 
 
 leurs. 
 
 
 These pronouns agree in gender and number with the thing possessed, and never 
 with i he possessor. 
 
 Before Feminine Nouns beginning with a vowel or h mute, use mon, tori, son, in- 
 stead of ma, ta, sa — this to avoid clashing of vowels. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Where is my clerk ? He is in thy shop. 
 
 Are mv clerks in mv friend's shop ? They are in thy brother's house. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 15 
 
 Where is my brother's inkstand ? 
 
 Is his son sick: ? 
 
 Is her son sick ? 
 
 Are his trunks in his carriage ? 
 
 Are her trunks in her carriage ? 
 
 Is his door shut ? 
 
 Do you speak of her husband? 
 
 Do you speak of his wife ? 
 Have you spoken to his uncle ? 
 
 Is our house large ? 
 Are our rooms small? 
 Is your cap in your box ? 
 Are your guns clean ? 
 Is their ship in the port ? 
 Are their ships in your ports ? 
 "Where is my sword ? 
 Where is thy needle ? 
 Is his history surprising ? 
 Is not his ambition great? 
 
 Thy brother's inkstand is in my box. 
 
 His son is not sick. 
 
 Her son is not sick now. 
 
 His trunks are not in his carriage. 
 
 Her trunks are in her carriage, and her 
 
 carriage is at her door. 
 
 His door is open. 
 
 I do not speak of her husband, I speak 
 of her daughter. 
 
 I speak of his daughters and of his sons. 
 
 I have not spoken to his uncle, I have 
 spoken to his aunt. 
 
 Our house is very large. 
 
 Our rooms are not small. 
 
 My cap is in my box. 
 
 Our guns are clean. 
 
 Their ship is in the port. 
 
 Their ships are not in our ports. 
 
 Thy sword is here. 
 
 My needle is there. 
 
 His history is surprising. 
 
 His ambition is very great. 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 
 Clerk, 
 
 commis. 
 
 Carriage, 
 
 voiture, f. 
 
 Ambition, 
 
 ambition, f. 
 
 Shop, 
 
 boutique, f. 
 
 Room, 
 
 cliambre, f. 
 
 Now, 
 
 a present 
 
 Brother, 
 
 frere. 
 
 Cap, 
 
 casquette, f. 
 
 Small, 
 
 petit. 
 
 Husband, 
 
 mari. 
 
 Gun, 
 
 fusil, m. 
 
 Clean, 
 
 propre. 
 
 Wife, 
 
 femme. 
 
 Ship, 
 
 navire, m. 
 
 Large, 
 
 > grand. 
 
 Daughter, 
 
 fille. 
 
 Port, 
 
 port, m. 
 
 Great, 
 
 Son, 
 
 fils. 
 
 Sword, 
 
 epee, i 
 
 Tall, 
 
 Uncle, 
 
 onck. 
 
 Needle, 
 
 aiguille, f. 
 
 Surprising, surprenanl 
 
 Aunt, 
 
 tante. 
 
 History, 
 
 histoire, f. 
 
 Open, 
 
 ouvert. 
 
16 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM, 
 
 TABLE X. 
 The Possessive Pronouns Disjunctive. 
 
 
 MASCULINE. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Mine. 
 
 le mien. 
 
 les miens. 
 
 la mienne. 
 
 les miennes. 
 
 Thine. 
 
 le tien. 
 
 les tiens. 
 
 la tienne. 
 
 les tiennes. 
 
 His, hers. 
 
 le sien. 
 
 les sieas. 
 
 la sienne. 
 
 les siennes. 
 
 Ours. 
 
 le notre. 
 
 les notres. 
 
 la notre. 
 
 les notres. 
 
 Tours. 
 
 le voire. 
 
 les votres. 
 
 la votre. 
 
 les votres. 
 
 Theirs. 
 
 le leur. 
 
 les lews. 
 
 la leur. 
 
 les leurs. 
 
 These Pronouns must be declined throughout with the Definite Article : 
 
 le la les } mine, le mien. les miens. la mienne. 
 
 du de la des )• as: of mine, du mien. des miens. de la mienne. 
 au d la aux ) to mine, an mien. aux miens. a la mienne, &c 
 And must be of the same gender and number as the nouns they represent. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 Speaking of a Masculine Noun. . 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 S. Is mine good ? 
 
 Are you speaking of mine? 
 
 Does he give water to mine ? 
 PI. Are mine good ? 
 
 Are you speaking of mine ? 
 
 Does he give bread to mine ? 
 S. Is thine here ? 
 
 Is he speaking of thine ? 
 
 Has he sent seed to thine ? 
 PL Are not thine here ? 
 
 Is she speaking of thine ? 
 
 Have they sent seed to thine ? 
 S. Was his here yesterday ? 
 
 "VTas I speaking of his ? 
 
 Have you given water to his ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Tours is good. 
 
 I am speaking of yours. 
 
 He gives water to yours. 
 
 Tours are good. 
 
 I am speaking of yours. 
 
 He gives bread to youra. 
 
 Mine is here. 
 
 He is speaking of mine. 
 
 He has sent seed to mine. 
 
 Mine are here. 
 
 She is speaking of mine. 
 
 They have sent seed to mine. 
 
 His was here this morning. 
 
 Tou were speaking of his. 
 
 I have given water to his. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 17 
 
 PI. Were his here this morning ? 
 
 "Were we speaking of his ? 
 
 Have they given hay to his ? 
 S. Is hers in the parlor ? 
 
 Shall I speak of hers ? 
 
 Has he given a book to hers ? 
 PL Are hers in the drawer ? 
 
 Have you spoken of hers ? 
 
 Have you spoken to hers ? 
 S. Where is ours ? 
 
 Were you speaking of ours? 
 
 Does he give money to ours? 
 PI. Where are ours ? 
 
 Would you speak of ours? 
 
 Do they give money to ours ? 
 S. Is yours sold ? 
 
 Has he sold a little of yours ? 
 
 Have you added water to yours ? 
 PI Are yours sold ? 
 
 Has he sold two of yours ? 
 
 Have you added wine to yours ? 
 S. Have you seen theirs ? 
 
 Have you spoken of theirs ? 
 Has he given seed to theirs ? 
 PI. Were theirs good or bad ? 
 Do you speak of theirs ? 
 Give water and hay to theirs. 
 
 His were here this morning. 
 
 You were speaking of his. 
 
 They have given water to his. 
 
 Hers is on the chair. 
 
 Do not speak of hers. 
 
 He has given a book to hers. 
 
 Hers are in the box. 
 
 I have spoken of hers. 
 
 I have not spoken to hers. 
 
 Yours is here. 
 
 I was speaking of yours. 
 He gives money to yours. 
 Yours are in my pocket. 
 I would speak of yours. 
 
 They give money to yours. 
 
 Mine is not sold. 
 
 He has sold a little of mine. 
 
 I have added wine to mine. 
 
 Mine are not sold. 
 
 He has sold three of mine. 
 
 I have added water to mine. 
 
 I have not seen theirs. 
 
 I have spoken of theirs. 
 
 He has given seed to theirs. 
 
 Theirs were very good. 
 
 I speak of theirs. 
 
 I have already given water and hay to 
 theirs and to yours also. 
 
 N. A section having written upon the blackboard this set of questions and 
 answers referring to masculine nouns, will subsequently be exercised on the same, 
 as referring to feminine nouns. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 graine, f. 
 Money, argent, m. 
 Pocket, poche, f. 
 2 
 
 Sent, envoye. 
 Added, ajoute. 
 A little, un peu. 
 
 Also, aussi. 
 Sold, vendu. 
 Added, ajoute. 
 
18 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 OB 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 *■• 
 S 
 
 SJO 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i & 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5> *> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T3 "-g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 « s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO .2, 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 8 as 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 02 c_ 
 
 fl o 
 
 .* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 .1 
 
 
 41 
 
 IS 
 
 .2 1 § 
 
 .© © - 
 
 13 ■* o 
 
 £ s.9 
 
 © ?3 ^ 
 
 o.S f 
 t> he fee 
 +3 b .3 
 
 OS C3 Vr. 
 
 •<!» 
 
 l 
 
 3 Js ,« 
 
 © ^ C S 
 ^ C^ CD 
 
 ! 
 
 ! 
 
 o 
 .9 
 § 
 
 B 
 
 To 
 fl 
 
 1 
 
 co 
 W 
 
 CD 
 
 B 
 
 H 
 P 
 
 •« 
 
 s 
 
 H 
 
 A 
 
 •2.9 
 
 |l 
 
 Sh CD 
 
 2 ho 
 5 ° 
 
 i 
 
 S 
 
 of 
 c3 
 
 m 
 
 as 
 
 a 
 
 © 
 
 CP Cuj2 
 
 x: o +3 
 
 o > c8 
 
 •° Cut? 
 © S '" 
 
 >£ e 
 
 I- . CD 
 
 s^ g 
 
 ° 2 e 
 
 B ^ oo 
 
 »■§§ 
 B O £ 
 
 III- 
 
 
 It 
 
 2 © 
 
 o _ 
 2 ^ 
 
 © © >> 
 ^ > -^ 
 
 5= C3 B 
 
 3 o a> 
 
 ft-c 
 
 M.S fe 
 
 9 o © 
 
 $1-1 
 & fti? 
 
 B 
 P 
 O 
 
 a 
 8 
 a 
 
 r© 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 as 
 
 ^3 
 
 
 •* 3 
 
 * o 
 
 <D "-J3 
 
 11 
 
 o 
 
 09 
 
 B ^ +» 
 
 8 g © 
 
 +3 
 
 o 
 a> 
 
 
 3 O 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 55* 
 
 P^O 
 
 cc 
 
 mSh 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 v^r 
 
 «»" 
 
 8 
 
 i>>i 
 
 *5» 
 
 
 ^i 
 
 
 
 &. 
 
 b 
 
 ^ 
 
 &» 
 
 1: 
 
 z 
 
 ft 
 
 JS 
 
 « 
 
 s 
 
 5$ 
 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 «t 
 
 &i 
 
 &i 
 
 ^ 
 
 », 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 »? 
 
 
 
 k 
 
 s 
 
 > H 
 
 It 
 
 co 
 H 
 > 
 
 9- CO 
 
 a « 
 
 h - 
 
 6 a 
 
 < 
 i 
 
 clg 
 
 S 
 
 £ ** 
 
 < Ph 
 
 * 
 
 < 
 
 &S 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 S 
 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 u 
 
 H 
 
 00 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 B 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 to 
 
 3| 
 
 
 
 ?!l^ .$ 
 
 ^^^s^ ^ 
 
 8* 
 
 ssggg 
 
 1 
 
 p 
 
 g 
 
 I "» L "to > ^> V "to 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 > eS -2 © 
 
 
 T5 -— 3 >■ 
 
 *3 3 as .— 
 
 g &^ CD 
 
 
 !g.2 «"3 . 
 
 
 .3 es ® a 
 2 g ,a .2 
 
 
 '— i fi — -hs 
 
 
 O O ■=• -u. S 
 
 
 k ao bo 
 
 
 ^ *- B 3 
 
 
 
 
 S 5) « a 
 
 
 b^ ft 82 
 
 
 3 -^ © —1 
 
 
 S.lio 
 
 
 wg»-t 
 
 2 g 
 
 mil 
 
 o > 
 
 ^ © ^ 3 &C 
 
 2 ft 5.9, S 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 52i 
 
 
 .• "** 
 
 
 
 
 5> s> ^ ••» 5 
 
 "» "» ? O S 
 
 <to O Ws CS O, 
 
 
 «to "» ^> ^ v 
 
 
 ^^ t i 
 
 
 . ^^ 
 
 55 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 H 
 
 i 
 
 ^ CO 
 
 i 
 
 ® § 
 
 .50 . . 
 
 H « 
 
 £.ec . os eo 
 
 5 H 
 
 
 §§§Sg 
 
 fiCN 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 wj5 
 
 ca 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 Z 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S« 
 
 « 8^ » S 
 
 1*.^ I»sB l««i »^S 1« 
 
 ?! 
 
 S* *» fi. 1* 5* 
 
 js « js e e 
 
 HC* 
 
 ^(^^ ^ a, 
 
 fo 
 
 ^^ 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 19 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. Having the primitve tenses of the second, third, and fourth conjugations, the 
 pupil will assimilate their respective schemes of • derivation to the scheme for the 
 first conjugation. 
 
 2. The termination — ir To obtain the "] irai. To obtain the con- ^ irais. 
 The termination — evoir future, he will V evrai. ditional, he will al- \ evrais. 
 The termination — re alter to J rai. ter them to J rais. 
 
 3. He will pay particular attention to the irregularities observable in the third 
 conjugation. 
 
 4. In deriving from the present participles of the second and third conjugations 
 Fin-issant, Rec-evant, he will confine himself to altering ant of the termination. 
 
 5. In the second, third and fourth conjugations, the imperfect of subjunctive is 
 formed from the preterite definite, by altering the terminations is, us, is to isse, 
 usse, isse for the first person singular, in the three conjugations respectively. 
 
 After one recitation upon Table XL, verbs are conjugated with reference to their 
 derivation, and are written ia the following form upon the verb-board. 
 
 PRIMITIVE TEN8K8. 
 
 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 Etudi 
 
 er. 
 
 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Etudi 
 
 ant 
 
 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Etudi 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 
 
 4. 
 
 J'etudi 
 
 e. 
 
 
 
 
 
 5. 
 
 J'etudi 
 
 ai. 
 
 
 
 
 
 j'. 
 
 TC 
 
 IL, ELLE, ON, 
 
 NOTTS. 
 
 vous. 
 
 IL8, ELLES. 
 
 etudie. 
 
 eludies. 
 
 etudie. 
 
 Studious. 
 
 Stmdiez. 
 
 etudient. 
 
 etudiais. 
 
 etudiais. 
 
 Studiait. 
 
 etudiions. 
 
 Studiiez. 
 
 Studiaient. 
 
 etudiai. 
 
 Studios. 
 
 eiudia. 
 
 Studidmes. 
 
 Studidtes. 
 
 Studierent. 
 
 etudierai. 
 
 etudieras. 
 
 Studiesra. 
 
 etudierows. 
 
 etudierez. 
 
 Studieront 
 
 etvdierais. 
 
 etvdierais. 
 
 Studierait. 
 
 etudierions. 
 
 Studieriez. 
 
 Studieraient. 
 
 
 etudie. 
 
 qu'il etudie. 
 
 etudions. 
 
 Studiez. 
 
 qu 'Us etudient. 
 
 que 
 etudie. 
 
 Studies. 
 
 etudie. 
 
 etudiions. 
 
 etudiiez. 
 
 etudient 
 
 que 
 
 etudiasse. 
 
 i 
 
 Studiasses. 
 
 etudidt. 
 
 eiudiassions. 
 
 Studiassiez. 
 
 etudiassent. 
 
20 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Regular Verbs of the four Conjugations for Application 
 of Table XI., the same Verbs occurring in the Applica- 
 tion of succeeding Tables. 
 
 FIBSTT CONJUGATION. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 To breakfast. 
 
 Dejeuner, 
 
 To succeed. 
 
 Peussir. 
 
 To dine. 
 
 Diner. 
 
 To act. 
 
 Agir. 
 
 To sup. 
 
 Souper. 
 
 To establish. 
 
 Etablir. 
 
 To walk. 
 
 Marcher. 
 
 To perish. 
 
 Perir. 
 
 To speak. 
 
 Parler. 
 
 To obey. 
 
 Obeir. 
 
 To study. 
 
 Etudier. 
 
 To choose. 
 
 Choisir. 
 
 To pay. 
 
 Payer. 
 
 To build. 
 
 Pdtir. 
 
 To try. 
 
 Essayer. 
 
 To disobey. 
 
 Desobeir. 
 
 To finish. 
 
 Achever. 
 
 To applaud. 
 
 Applaudir. 
 
 To give. 
 
 Donner. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 To bring. 
 
 Apporter. 
 
 To deceive. 
 
 Decexou. 
 
 To lend. 
 
 Preter. 
 
 To receive. 
 
 Pecevoir. 
 
 To carry. 
 
 Porter. 
 
 To owe. 
 
 Devoir. 
 
 To show. 
 
 Montrer. 
 
 To perceive. 
 
 Apercevoir. 
 
 To apply. 
 
 Appliquer. 
 
 To conceive. 
 
 Concevoir. 
 
 To strike. 
 
 Frapper. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 To shut. 
 
 Eemier. 
 
 To hear. 
 
 Entendre. 
 
 To play. 
 
 Jouer. 
 
 To wait. 
 
 Attendre. 
 
 To sign. 
 
 Signer. 
 
 To answer. 
 
 Pepondre. 
 
 To bend. 
 
 Plier. 
 
 To sell. 
 
 Yendre. 
 
 To buy. 
 
 Acheter. 
 
 To descend. 
 
 Descendre. 
 
 To wash. 
 
 Laver. 
 
 To defend. 
 
 Defendre. 
 
 To wear. 
 
 Porter. 
 
 To correspond. 
 
 Correspondre. 
 
 To examine. 
 
 Examiner. 
 
 To render. 
 
 Prendre. 
 
 To take. 
 
 y Mener. 
 
 To spill. 
 
 Pepandre. 
 
 To lead. 
 
 To return. 
 
 Pendre. 
 
TABLE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS: 
 
 NOMINATIVE, OBJECTIVE, DIRECT AND INDIRECT, 
 
 AND USED AFTER 
 
 PREPOSITIONS, 
 
<>9 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 TABLE XII. 
 
 A Table of Personal Pronouns, Nominative, Objective. 
 direct and indirect, Isolated, Emphatic, and used after 
 Prepositions. 
 
 ! 
 
 NOMINATIVE. 
 
 OBJECTIVE 
 BEFORE THE TEBB. 
 
 OBJECTIVE 
 AFTEE THE VBBB. 
 
 ISOLATED. 
 TO EXPRESS EMPHASIS. 
 AFTEE A PREPOSITION. 
 
 MEECT. 
 
 INDIRECT. 
 
 
 
 NBECT. 
 
 JKIHEXCT. 
 
 
 Je. 
 
 me. 
 
 me. 
 
 moi. 
 
 moi. 
 
 moi. 
 
 tit. 
 
 te. 
 
 te. 
 
 toi. 
 
 toi. 
 
 toi. 
 
 il. 
 
 le. 
 
 lui. 
 
 le. 
 
 lui. 
 
 lui. 
 
 elle. 
 
 la. 
 
 lui. 
 
 la. 
 
 lui. 
 
 elle. 
 
 on. 
 
 se.* 
 
 se. 
 
 
 
 soi. 
 
 nous. 
 
 nous. 
 
 nous. 
 
 nous. 
 
 nous. 
 
 nous. 
 
 vous. 
 
 vous. 
 
 vous. 
 
 vous. 
 
 vous. 
 
 vous. 
 
 Us. 
 
 Us. 
 
 leur. 
 
 les. 
 
 leur. 
 
 eux. (m.) 
 
 dies. 
 
 les. 
 
 leur. 
 
 les. 
 
 leur. 
 
 eUes. (f.) 
 
 DIVISION OF OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 The Objective Pronouns are divided into Direct and Indirect. The student will 
 easily distinguish the personal pronoun used as the Direct Objective to a verb, by 
 the fact that there is in English no preposition between the verb and this pronoun. 
 
 The personal pronoun representing the Indirect Objective to the verb, answers to 
 the Indirect Objective of the English, with the preposition to expressed or under- 
 stood. 
 
 * DIFFERENT MEANINGS OF THE PRONOUN St. 
 
 Se. 
 
 Se. 
 
 DIRECT. 
 
 INDIRECT. 
 
 One's sel£ 
 
 To one's sell 
 
 Himself. 
 
 To himself. 
 
 Herself. 
 
 To herself 
 
 Itself 
 
 To itself 
 
 Themselves 
 
 To themselves. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 23 
 
 Analysis and Application of Pronouns Personal. 
 
 THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 
 NOMINATIVE. 
 
 Je. 
 
 tu. 
 il. 
 
 elle. 
 
 on. 
 
 nous, 
 vous. 
 
 I. 
 
 thou. 
 
 he. 
 
 she. 
 
 {one. 
 they. 
 people. 
 
 we. 
 
 you. 
 
 Us. (m.) they. 
 elks.{t) they. 
 
 Tu is used among near relations, very intimate friends, 
 and school-fellows: it is also employed poetically. 
 
 On, Nominative Indefinite; always requires the rerb 
 in the third person singular. 
 
 Used as in English : vous may express one or several. 
 
 PRACTICE COMBINED WITH REGULAR VERBS OF THE FOUR 
 CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 FIR8T CONJUGATION. 
 
 I breakfast. 
 Thou wast dining. 
 He supped. 
 She will walk. 
 He would study. 
 Let people pay. 
 Although we may 
 
 study.* 
 In order that you 
 
 might bring.* 
 They (w.) have tried. 
 They (/.) had lent. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 I succeed. 
 
 Thou was acting. 
 
 He established. 
 
 She will perish. 
 
 People would obey. 
 
 In order that we may 
 choose. 
 
 Although you might 
 build. 
 
 They will have dis- 
 obeyed. 
 
 They would have ap- 
 plauded. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 I deceive. 
 
 Thou wast receiving. 
 
 He owed. 
 
 She will perceive. 
 
 People would re- 
 ceive. 
 
 Although we may 
 conceive. 
 
 Although you owed. 
 
 They are receiving. 
 
 They have been de- 
 ceived. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 I hear. 
 
 Thou wast waiting. 
 
 He answered. 
 
 She wiU sell. 
 
 People would de- 
 scend. 
 
 He will defend. 
 
 In order that you may 
 correspond. 
 
 In order that you 
 might wait. 
 
 In order that you 
 might hear. 
 
 * Although 
 In order that, 
 
 Quoique. ) These conjunctions govern the subjunctive 
 Afin que. ) mood. 
 
24 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS DIRECT AND INDIRECT OBJECTIVE TO 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 OBJECTIVE BEFORE THE VERB. 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 DIBECT. 
 
 inbieect. 
 
 ' 
 
 me. 
 
 me. 
 
 me. to me - 
 
 
 te. 
 
 thee. 
 
 te. to thee. 
 
 
 le. 
 
 it, him. 
 
 lui. to him. 
 
 
 la. 
 
 it, her. 
 
 fo/i. to her. 
 
 
 nous. 
 
 us. 
 
 nous. to us. 
 
 
 vous. 
 
 you. 
 
 vous. to you. 
 
 
 les (m. 
 
 & f.) them. 
 
 Zewr (m. & f. ) to them. 
 
 
 PLACE OF OBJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 Objective personal pronouns must be placed before the verb, except when the 
 verb is in the Imperative Affirmative. When the imperative is used negatively, 
 they resume their place before the verb, and are expressed by the pronouns objec- 
 tive before the verb. In compound tenses, the objective pronouns are placed im- 
 mediately before the auxiliary verb. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 He will give me to another master. 
 
 He will sell thee soon. 
 
 He has sold it. 
 
 He will receive her welL 
 
 They will take us to the house. 
 
 She was giving you to another mistress. 
 
 I had them in my pocket. 
 
 He hears me. 
 
 I hear thee. 
 
 She hears him. 
 
 He receives her. 
 
 We shall sell it. 
 
 You will defend them. 
 
 They have received them. 
 
 He will give me the best books. 
 He will sell the best books to thee. 
 I shall speak to him to-morrow. 
 I spoke to her yesterday. 
 I gave her a lesson this morning. 
 He gave water to us. 
 We sell wine to you. 
 He sells them cloth. 
 He has sold them shoes. 
 You would have lent her books. 
 When will you lend her money? 
 When will they sell him the goods ? 
 They would have sent them the stock- 
 ings. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 25 
 
 THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS DIRECT AND INDIRECT: OBJECTIVE TO 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 OBJECTIVE AFTER THE VERB WITH IMPERATIVE AFFIRMATIVE. 
 
 DIRECT. 
 
 INDIRECT. 
 
 moi. 
 
 me. 
 
 moi. 
 
 to me. 
 
 toi. 
 
 thyself. 
 
 toi. 
 
 to thyself. 
 
 le. 
 
 it, him. 
 
 lui. 
 
 to him. . 
 
 la. 
 
 it, her. 
 
 lui. 
 
 to her. 
 
 nous. 
 
 us. 
 
 nous. 
 
 to us. 
 
 vous. 
 
 ( yourself. 
 ( yourselves. 
 
 vous. 
 
 j to yourself. 
 \ to yourselves. 
 
 les. (m. 
 
 & £) them. 
 
 leur (m. 
 
 & f.) to them. 
 
 DIRECT. 
 
 Sell me to another master. 
 
 Render thyself capable. 
 
 Give it to the girl. 
 
 Give her to a better mistress. 
 
 Observe us. 
 
 Render yourself skilful. 
 
 Send them to the store. 
 
 Carry them to the bank. 
 
 Show them to the women. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 INDIRECT. 
 
 Sell me a good horse. 
 
 Apply this observation to thyself. 
 
 Give him a better pen. 
 
 Sell her the sweet oranges. 
 
 Bring the best oranges to her. 
 
 Give us money. Give yourself trouble. 
 
 Show them the garden. 
 
 Show the flowers to them. 
 
 Return them their books. 
 
 NEGATIVELY. 
 
 Do not sell me to another mistress. 
 Do not render thyself unworthy. 
 Do not give her to another master. - 
 Do not send them to the store. 
 Do not observe us. 
 
 NEGATIVELY. 
 
 Do not sell me a bad horse. 
 
 Do not apply that remark to thyself. 
 
 Do not give him a bad pen. 
 
 Do not sell her the sour oranges. 
 
 Do not show them the black coats. 
 
26 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 1. ISOLATED. 2. TO EXPRESS EMPHASIS. 3. AFTER A PREPOSITION". 
 
 mot. me. 
 
 N. In the case of 
 
 I. 
 
 toi. thee. 
 
 isolation, the nomina- 
 
 thou. 
 
 lui. him. 
 
 tive pronouns are used 
 
 he. 
 
 elle. her. 
 
 in English; in such 
 
 she. 
 
 nous. us. 
 
 cases the French pro- 
 
 we. 
 
 VOUS. you. 
 
 nouns must be ren- 
 
 you. 
 
 eux. (m.) them. 
 
 dered by the follow- 
 
 they. 
 
 eto. (f.) them. 
 
 ing: 
 
 they. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 ISOLATED. 
 
 EMPHATIC. 
 
 AFTEE A PEEPOSITION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 
 
 Who is there ? I. 
 
 / study but thou play- 
 
 Play with me. 
 
 Who has the book ? Thou. 
 
 est* 
 
 They are dining with- 
 
 Who will knock at 
 
 He was signing the let- 
 
 out thee. 
 
 the door ? He. 
 
 ters and she was fold- 
 
 I speak before her. 
 
 Who will shut the 
 
 ing them. 
 
 He walks behind us. 
 
 store ? She. 
 
 You have dined, but we 
 
 He will speak against 
 
 What persons were 
 
 have not yet break- 
 
 them, (m.) 
 
 in the house ? We. 
 
 fasted. 
 
 He will examine the 
 
 Who is in the 
 
 They will buy the goods 
 
 necklaces for them. (/.) 
 
 street? You. 
 
 and you will sell them. 
 
 Let us study our les- 
 
 What men will be 
 
 We wash the dresses and 
 
 sons without him. 
 
 here to-day? They. 
 
 they wear them. 
 
 Did you dine with her? 
 
 What women will be 
 
 
 
 here to-morrow? They. 
 
 
 
 * Emphatic form.— I study but thou playest 'Moi, fetud it mats toi, tu joue«, &c 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 27 
 
 
 •s ^ b §> 
 
 S> g S> 5» 
 
 s> « § a 
 
 
 S S 
 
 ■uvunooud ag 
 
 •sunouojj aApoafqo jo eoBjj 
 
 f^^ 
 
 3 £ £^ £ 
 
 s , ^ 
 
 JS5 ?ft 
 
 
 $i 5ft 5» 5ft 
 
 * 8 
 
 » «j » 
 
 %* 5ft ^ ^ ^* 531 
 
 *s se s> 
 
 ^^ 
 
 S^ 
 
 e e ' rS 
 
 -2 ,3 b 
 
 S4S 
 
 5 I 
 
 "^ jj 4J rSJ ,3> J § § J 
 
 © ^ 
 
 c3 © 
 
 © 
 
 &£ 
 
 3 s 
 
 a, 8 S £ *» ** 
 
 S 1 ! i i I £> 
 
 ■w S g o S O 
 
 ^£^ 8 * 
 
 1 1 s s § § 
 
 ■o *> *> <o <o <g 
 
 8 e s 8 e « 
 
 -o o a «o*» 
 
 © +j +j © © © 
 
 a « .13 £ s s 
 
 © © © © © 'C 
 
 >>>> > a 
 'bo'Sc'bVbVSc w 
 
 000000 
 fl fl a a a a 
 
 000000 
 
 PflfiflflP 
 
 H 
 
 § § f ? I f 
 
 f -s -S J "g ?» 
 
 8 8 e» £ S 5 s5 
 
 I I I ^ § 
 
 © © O a «- 
 
 o o S to •*> 
 d T+ 3 ■*» © © © 
 
 OOOOOco 
 
 §^ 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 £ a 
 
 o 5 
 
 ■ai 
 
 .a 
 
 ©* O " O 
 
 all aH 
 
 «?.«? 
 
 g'Sbg 5b 
 
 .> o > o 
 
 50 fl bo fl 
 
 o3 ca o O 
 ,£ A >* >* 
 
 3 3T3 r O 
 O O c3 « 
 
 a © 
 
 « ts 
 
 O c« 
 © 
 
 si 
 
 05 © 
 
 «! 
 
 EH g 
 
 1-1 Ph 
 
 ft s 
 
 05 > 
 O © 
 
 So 
 
 "I 
 
 
 N N JSl N 
 
 •8 -8 -8 -8 
 
 S> S> ?> » 
 JS JS JS J3 
 
 s § s s 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 i (M* fC T}i 
 
 B ® -2 
 
 © 
 
 o -h ±2 •- 
 
 +* bti"* be 
 
 "" o .> O 
 ® a be a 
 
 •^ o 3 fl 
 bCnD 5 o 
 
 3 3 >% >> 
 
 o O o o 
 
 a " 
 o w 
 d ^ 
 
 P-.S 8 S 
 
 a, » ^ 
 
 o o o c 
 'S ^3 -§ ^ 
 
 -^ ^ 42 ^ 
 <u *j *> *j 
 
 
 bo <*> • 
 
 
28 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Application of Table XIII. 
 
 SLIPS FOR RECITATION AT BLACKBOARD. 
 
 No. 1. 
 
 It to me. ) . 
 
 f a 
 
 Him to me. ) ^ 
 
 It to me. ) . 
 
 r i 
 
 Her to me. ) ^ 
 Them to me. 
 Some to me. 
 To me there. 
 It to me there. 
 Them to me there. 
 
 Some to me there. 
 No. 2. . 
 
 PLACE AND ORDER OP PERSONAL PRONOUNS OBJECTIVE. 
 
 donner. He gives it to me. 
 
 rappeler. He calls him back to me. 
 
 prefer. She will lend it to me. 
 
 rappeler. He would call her back to me. 
 
 refuser. He has refused them to me. 
 
 prefer. He would have lent some to me. 
 
 donner. They gave a book to me there. 
 
 envoy er. He has sent it to me there. 
 
 apporter. He would have brought them to me there. 
 
 prefer. They will lend some to me there. 
 
 It to thee. ) - 
 
 I 2 
 
 prefer. 
 
 Him to thee. ) ^ 
 
 rappeler. 
 
 It to thee. ) . 
 
 fournir. 
 
 Her to thee. ) **• 
 
 vendre. 
 
 Them to thee. 
 
 devoir. 
 
 Some to thee. 
 
 devoir. 
 
 To thee there. 
 
 donner. 
 
 It to thee there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 Them to thee there. 
 
 rendre. 
 
 Some to thee there. 
 
 vendre. 
 
 No. 8. 
 
 It to himself. ) ^ 
 
 Him to himself. ) ^ 
 
 He lent it to thee. 
 
 She called him back to thee. 
 
 We will furnish it to thee. 
 
 He would sell her to thee. 
 
 He owes them to thee. 
 
 Although he may owe some to thee. 
 
 He will give money to thee there. 
 
 He would have sent it to thee there. 
 
 They have returned them to thee there. 
 
 In order that I might sell some to thee there. 
 
 8e procurer. He procures it for himself.* 
 s'aftirer. He attracts him to hjnself. 
 
 * The French verb procurer requires the preposition d, thus, " To procure for one's self" is 
 translated by se procurer, meaning literally to procure to 07ie's self ; hence in this particular case, 
 and in others analogous, for himself "becomes in the French construction to himself. Se procurer 
 translates also, to get : thus, he gets it, 11 se le procure. Literally, He [unto himself] it procure*. 
 
 se. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 29 
 
 It to himself. 
 
 Her to himself. J ^ 
 
 Them to himself. 
 
 Some to himself. 
 
 To himself there. 
 
 It to himself there. 
 
 Them to himself there. 
 
 Some to himself there. 
 No. 4 _ 
 
 Se procurer. He has procured it for himself. 
 
 s'attirer. He has attracted her to himself. 
 
 se procurer. He will procure them for himself. 
 
 se procurer. He would procure some for himself. 
 
 s'attirer. He has attracted a crowd to himself there. 
 
 se procurer. He will get it there for himself. 
 
 se procurer. He has got them there. 
 
 se procurer. He would have got some there. 
 
 It to herself. 
 
 Him to herself. i ^ 
 
 It to herself. 
 
 Her to herself. ) ^ 
 
 Them to herself. 
 
 Some to herself. 
 
 To herself there. 
 
 It to herself there. 
 
 Them to herself there. 
 
 Some to herself there. 
 No. 5. 
 
 se procurer. She procures it for herself. 
 s'attirer. She attracts him to herself. 
 se procurer. She has procured it for herselC 
 s'attirer. She would attract her to herself. 
 se procurer. She procured them for herself. 
 Se procurer. She procures some for herself. 
 s'attirer. She attracts attention to herself there. 
 se procurer. She will get it for herself there. 
 s'attirer. Let her attract them to herself there. 
 se procurer. Although she may get some there. 
 
 It to themselves. ) . 
 Him to themselves. ) ^ 
 It to themselves. ) ■ 
 Her to themselves. ) ^ 
 Them to themselves. 
 Some to themselves. 
 To themselves there. 
 It to themselves there. 
 Them to themselves there. 
 Some to themselves there. 
 
 se procurer. They procure it for themselves. 
 
 s'attirer. They attract him to themselves. 
 
 se procurer. They have procured it for themselves. 
 
 s'attirer. They have attracted her to themselves. 
 
 se procurer. They will procure them for themselves. 
 
 se procurer. They have procured some for themselves. 
 
 S^attirer. They attract admiration to themselves there 
 
 se procurer. They have got it there. 
 
 s'attirer. They will attract them to themselves there. 
 
 se procurer. Let them get some there. 
 
30 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 No. 6. 
 
 It to him. ) . 
 
 devoir. 
 
 I owe it to him. 
 
 It to her. ) S 
 
 devoir. 
 
 They owe it to her. 
 
 It to him. ) . 
 
 ( e 
 
 vendre. 
 
 I shall sell it to him. 
 
 It to her. ) ^ 
 
 devoir. 
 
 I should owe it to her. 
 
 Them to him. 
 
 rendre. 
 
 I have returned them to him. 
 
 Them to her. 
 
 vendre. 
 
 I have sold them to her. 
 
 Some to him. 
 
 rendre. 
 
 Although I may return some to him. 
 
 Some to her. 
 
 devoir. 
 
 Although he might owe some to her. 
 
 It there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 She has sent it there. 
 
 It to him there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 She has sent it to him there. 
 
 It to her there. 
 
 porter. 
 
 We have carried it to her there. 
 
 Them to him there. 
 
 apporter. 
 
 They will bring them to him there. 
 
 Some to her there 
 
 porter. 
 
 We are carrying some to her there. 
 
 No 7 
 
 
 
 It to us. ) . 
 Him to us. ) 3 
 
 donner. 
 
 You will give it to us. 
 
 vendre. 
 
 You will sell him to us. 
 
 It to us. ) . 
 
 donner. 
 
 You have given it to us. 
 
 Her to us. ) ^ 
 
 vendre. 
 
 You have sold her to us. 
 
 Them to us. 
 
 fournir. 
 
 Although he may furnish them to us. 
 
 Some to us. 
 
 fournir. 
 
 Although he might furnish some to us. 
 
 To us there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 He has sent a book to us there. 
 
 Us there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 He has sent us there. 
 
 It to us there. 
 
 rendre. 
 
 She will return it to us there. 
 
 Them to us there. 
 
 porter. 
 
 They are carrying them to us there. 
 
 Some to us there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 He was sending some to us there. 
 
 No. 8. 
 
 
 
 It to you. J 
 Him to you. ) 
 
 donner. I am giving it to you. 
 
 vendre. He was selling him to you. 
 
J 
 
 It to you. 
 
 Her to you. ) ^ 
 
 Them to you. 
 
 Some to you. 
 
 You there. 
 
 It to you there. 
 
 Them to you there. 
 
 Some to you there. 
 No. 9. 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 31 
 
 endre. We returned it to you. 
 
 We took her to you. 
 We will hire them to you. 
 We have lent you some. 
 The men have sent you there. 
 I will carry it to you there. 
 They would have carried them to you there. 
 My brother will return some to you there. 
 
 louer, 
 
 preter. 
 
 envoyer 
 
 porter. 
 
 porter. 
 
 rendre. 
 
 It to them. ) . 
 r § 
 
 rendre. 
 
 I was returning it to them. 
 
 Him to them. ) *M 
 
 vendre. 
 
 They are selling him to them. 
 
 It to them. ) . 
 
 1 " 
 
 louer. 
 
 I hire it to them. 
 
 Her to them. ) ^ 
 
 louer. 
 
 I have hired her to them. 
 
 Them to them. 
 
 donner. 
 
 We would have given them to them. 
 
 Some to them. 
 
 preter. 
 
 You would have lent them some. 
 
 To them there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 She has sent money to them there. 
 
 Them there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 She has sent them there. 
 
 It to them there. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 My father has sent it to them there. 
 
 Them to them there. 
 
 rendre. 
 
 They would have returned them to them 
 there. 
 
 Some to them there. 
 No. 10. 
 
 envoyer. 
 
 My mother would have sent some to them 
 there. 
 
 THE PRONOUN ME 
 
 Affirmatively. 
 Give me the book. 
 Give it to me. 
 Give me the letter. 
 Give it to me. 
 Give them to me. 
 Give some to me. 
 Return it to him. 
 Return it to them. 
 Return some to them. 
 Send me there. 
 
 WITH AN IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 Do not 
 
 Negatively. 
 
 give me the book, 
 give it to me. 
 give me the letter, 
 give it (/.) to me. 
 give them to me. 
 give me any. 
 return it to him. 
 return it to them, 
 return them any. 
 send me there. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 TABLE XIV. 
 
 Adverb§ of Quantity, and Negative Adverbs. 
 
 Adverbs of quantity require in French the particle de, to unite them to the 
 noun which follows them. When not followed by the noun whose quantity they 
 express, that noun, when direct objective of a verb, must be represented by the 
 pronoun en. 
 
 Beaucoup. 
 
 Combien. 
 
 Tant. 
 
 Autant. 
 
 Hoins. 
 Trop. 
 
 Ne-plus. 
 
 m- 
 
 pas. 
 point 
 
 Ne-guere. 
 
 Ne-pas 
 
 beaucoup. 
 
 Ne- 
 plus guen. 
 
 Peu. 
 
 Enough. 
 Much. 
 Yery much. 
 A great deal 
 Many. 
 Very many. 
 How much. 
 How many. 
 So much. 
 So many. 
 
 As much. 
 As many. 
 
 Less. -j 
 
 Too much. 
 | Too many. 
 |No more. 
 Not any more. 
 No longer any. 
 No longer anymore 
 No. 
 Not any. 
 
 Not much. 
 But little. 
 Not many. 
 But few. 
 
 Not much more. 
 
 Not many more. 
 
 Little. 
 
 "WITH KOUN. 
 
 Ai-je assez depain f 
 
 Avez-vous beaucoup de 
 
 viande ? 
 A-t-il beaucoup dfamis ? 
 
 Combien dlargent a-t-elle ? 
 Combien de pommes ai-je f 
 Nous avons tant de peine ! 
 Vous avez tant d'enfants ! 
 Aurai-je autant d'eau que 
 
 luit 
 A-t-elle autant de pain 
 
 que vous? 
 Avez-vous moins defil que 
 
 moi 1 
 Ont-ils trop de sucret 
 Lavent-elles trop de robes i 
 
 Ne mangez-vous plus de riz \ 
 
 Je n'aipas d'amis, en avez- 
 vous f 
 
 2f avez-vous guere de vin t 
 
 Vcus-navez pas beaucoup 
 de vin. 
 
 Je n'ai guere d'amis, en 
 avez vous beaucoup ? 
 
 Je n'ai plus guere de vin. 
 
 Vous n'avez plus guere de 
 cidre. 
 
 Jaipeude sel. 
 
 J'at tres-peu de sel. 
 
 out xovx. 
 
 Vous en avez-assez. 
 
 Jen ai beaucoup. 
 
 II en a beaucoup. 
 
 Combien en a-t-.ellet 
 Combien en ai-je ? 
 Xous en avons tant! 
 Vous en avez tant ! 
 Vous en aurez-autant. 
 
 Elle en a autant. 
 
 Ten ai moins que vous. 
 
 lis en ont trop. 
 Elles en lavent trop. 
 
 Je n'en mange plus. 
 
 Je n'en ai point. 
 
 Je n'en ai guere. 
 
 Je n'en aipas beaucoup. 
 
 Je nen ai guere. 
 
 Je n'en ai plus guere. 
 Vous n'en avez plus 
 
 guere. 
 J' 1 en ai peu. 
 J'en ai tres-peu 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 1. Much. 
 Many. 
 Yery much. 
 Yery many. 
 A great deal. 
 A great many 
 
 fdu. 
 
 May also be translated by Bien, with^ ^ p ' > before the noun. 
 
 [des.' J 
 according to the gender and number of the noun : as, 
 
 Jai bien du sucre. II a bien de Teau. 
 
 Tu as bien de la Mere. Xous avons bien des amis. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 33 
 
 2. Some more. ) dela 
 
 Still more. >• Are rendered by encore with < , „ ' > before the noun. 
 Some yet. ) [ dls.' } 
 
 "When the noun is omitted its place is supplied by the pronoun en. 
 Ex. Avez-vous encore du drap ? J'en ai encore 
 
 A-t-il encore beaucoup d'objetsf II en a encore beaucoup. 
 
 Les malelots ont-ils encore dc la galette? Eux,ils n'en ont pas, mais notes, nous en 
 
 avons encore. 
 
 One more inkstand. 
 No more inkstands. 
 A few words more. 
 No more words. 
 
 Encore un encrier. 
 Plus d 'encrier s* 
 Encore quelques mots. 
 Plus de mots.* 
 
 Several. 
 
 Several (of them). 
 
 Plusieurs. 
 En-plusiturs. 
 
 (No de.) 
 
 Plusieurs hommes. 
 J' en ai plusieurs. 
 
 5. Quite as much. 
 Quite as many. 
 Just as much. 
 
 Tout autant (de before the noun). 
 
 Quite as much — as. I - ., . ,, , ,, „ . 
 
 Quite as many-as. I Tout autant dt ~^ ue ds ( before noun )' 
 
 En — tout autant. 
 
 s 
 
 Quite as much (of it). 
 Quite as many (of them). 
 
 Ex. Avez-vous tout autant de J' en ai tout autant. 
 
 pain que de beurre ? or, J'ai tout autant de Vun que de Vautre. 
 
 6. Not more than. 
 Pas plus que. 
 
 Not more than 
 
 (with adj. of number). 
 
 Plow plus de. 
 
 Ex. Je n'en ai pas plus que vous. 
 
 Ex. Je n'en ai pas plus de cinq. 
 
 Something. 
 Any thing. 
 
 Nothing. 
 
 What? 
 
 Nobody. 
 
 Enough. 
 
 Much. 
 Very much. 
 A great deal. 
 Many. 
 Very many. 
 
 Quelque chose. 
 
 Ke-rien. 
 
 Que? 
 Quoi ? 
 
 Ne-personne. 
 
 & > 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Have you enough fresh but- 
 ter for all the boarders ? 
 
 "Would not the captain have 
 had a great many fine 
 horses ? 
 
 Avez-vous quelque chose dejoli ? 
 
 Je n'ai rien de joli. 
 
 Qu 'avez-vous dejoli? 
 Quoi de plus amusantf 
 
 Je ne connais personne d'habile. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 "We had enough this morning ; 
 we have not enough now. 
 "We shall have a great deal 
 to-morrow evening. 
 
 He would have had a great 
 many (fine ones). 
 
 * Used elliptically, as: il rty a 
 
 3 
 
 lu8 d'encriers. There are no more inkstands. 
 
34 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 How much. 
 How many. 
 
 How many ships has the 
 merchant of whom you 
 are speaking ?- 
 
 So much. 
 So many. 
 
 "Why do you spend so much 
 money ? 
 
 As much. 
 As many. 
 
 Has the carpenter as much 
 glue as sand-paper? 
 
 Less. 
 Fewer. 
 
 Has your friend as many 
 five-franc pieces as I, or 
 has he fewer ? 
 
 Too much. 
 Too many. 
 
 Will there not be too much 
 gold in the banks ? 
 
 No more. 
 Not any more. 
 No longer any. 
 No longer any more. 
 
 Are there not too many 
 clerks in your brother's of- 
 fice; why does he do no 
 more business? 
 
 No. 
 
 Not any. 
 Not much. 
 But little. 
 Not many. 
 But few. 
 
 Do you say that the captain 
 of that schooner has no 
 freight? 
 
 Much. 
 
 Not much more. 
 Not many more. 
 
 Little. 
 A little. 
 
 Some more. 
 Still some. 
 Some yet. 
 Any more. 
 
 One more inkstand. 
 No more inkstands. 
 A few words more. 
 No more words. 
 
 Several. 
 
 Had not those mechanics 
 much credit formerly? 
 
 I have not much more letter- 
 paper, how much have you ? 
 
 Have your painters much 
 merit ? 
 
 Has that physician any more 
 patients? 
 
 Do you wish some more su- 
 gar in your tea ? 
 
 You can give me one more 
 steel-pen, can you not ? 
 
 How does that letter begin ? 
 
 Are there not several boxes 
 of percussion-caps in the 
 small drawer? 
 
 He has not many, he lost a 
 great many this year. 
 
 I do not spend much, I never 
 spend as much as you. 
 
 He has neither glue nor sand- 
 paper. He will have a 
 great deal to-morrow. 
 
 He has not as many as you, he 
 has fewer; he has not aa 
 many as he had last month. 
 
 There will be enough, there 
 
 will not be too much- 
 There are no longer any clerks 
 in his office. He does no 
 more business. He does 
 no more because he has 
 lost too much money. 
 
 I say he has none. I say also 
 he has but little ballast. 
 Do you know where he can 
 get a little ? I believe no- 
 body has much. 
 
 They had a great deal formerly: 
 they have not much now. 
 
 I have but little ; I have not 
 much more than you. 
 
 Our painters have little merit, 
 our musicians have a great 
 deal. 
 
 He has some more: he has 
 still ten or twelve. He had 
 no more a month ago. 
 
 I do not wish any sugar, I 
 have enough. If you have 
 any more milk, give me a 
 little. 
 
 Here are several, choose the 
 best, and add a few more 
 words to this letter for me. 
 
 It begins with these words: 
 
 "No more money, no more 
 
 friends." 
 There are no more in the small 
 
 one, there are several in the 
 
 large one. 
 
TABULAll SYSTEM. 
 
 35 
 
 Quite as much. 
 Quite as many. 
 Just as much.. 
 
 Quite as much, as. 
 Quite as many, as. 
 
 No more. 
 Not more than. 
 
 Something. 
 Any thing. 
 Nothing. 
 
 What? 
 Nobody. 
 
 Neither, nor. 
 ye,— tu. 
 
 Nor, either. 
 Nor, neither. 
 yi, — ne. 
 
 ye,- 
 
 No and not. 
 
 yo». 
 
 Pas. 
 
 Have you quite as much 
 powder as shot ? 
 
 Since you have as many pow- 
 der-flasks as shot-bags, 
 lend me one of each. 
 
 Have the masons any more 
 lime? 
 
 Did not you sell more um- 
 brellas than I last summer ? 
 
 I have quite ss much, and I 
 have also quite as many 
 caps as wads. 
 
 I have not quite as many ; I 
 can lend you one of each, 
 however. 
 
 They have no more ; they tell 
 me they have no more sand. 
 
 I did not sell more than you ^ 
 I sold, however, quite as 
 many as you last month. 
 
 I sold more than ninety last 
 winter: I did not buy any. 
 
 Did you not buy more than 
 eighty last winter ? 
 
 Is there -any thing useful in There is nothing useful in it, 
 this work? they say, however, there is 
 
 something amusing in it. 
 
 What have you good in that I have a great many good 
 
 things in it. 
 
 basket? 
 What is there more enter- 
 
 The one I read this morning 
 is quite as entertaining. 
 
 I believe there is nobody 
 guilty in it. 
 
 He is neither loved nor es- 
 teemed: he has neither 
 friends nor enemies. 
 
 tainiug than this story? 
 
 I am told* that you know 
 nobody guilty in this af- 
 fair. 
 
 Is that man esteemed here ? 
 
 (Turn "Does one esteem," 
 
 kc) 
 What is there more amusing I like neither drawing aor 
 
 than drawing ; why do music : I would study both, 
 
 you not practise it more? however, if we had as 
 
 many good masters here as 
 we had last year ; but, my 
 friend, neither drawing nor 
 painting will make (rendre) 
 me rich, nor you either. 
 
 Q. What did your master say a little while ago when he 
 looked over your exercise ? 
 
 A. He said, "Not very good, not very good," and he passed 
 on to another, 
 
 Q. I see the clerk writing in the office ; has he copied all the 
 letters I gave him this afternoon? 
 
 A. Not yet ; when I gave them to him, he said, " No, sir, I 
 will not copy them, I have no more steel pens." He 
 is copying them now, however. 
 
 * Tao active form must be used in French, thus: {People tell me), 
 
 on. 
 
36 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 ADVERBS OF QUANTITY AND NEGATIVE ADVERBS. 
 
 Enough. 
 
 No. 
 
 One more inkstand. 
 
 
 Not any. 
 
 No more inkstands. 
 
 Much. 
 
 
 A few words more. 
 
 Very much. 
 
 Not much. 
 
 No more words. 
 
 A great deal. 
 
 But little. 
 
 
 Many. 
 
 Not many. 
 
 Quite as much. 
 
 Very many. 
 
 But few. 
 
 Quite as many. 
 
 How much. 
 
 Not much more. 
 
 Quite as much as. 
 
 How many. 
 
 Not many more. 
 
 Not more than. 
 
 So much. 
 
 Little. 
 
 Not more than 
 
 So many. 
 
 A little. 
 
 (before a numeral). 
 
 As much. 
 
 Much. 
 
 Something. 
 
 -8 . 
 
 As many. 
 
 Many. 
 
 Any thing. 
 
 2f 
 
 
 Very much. 
 
 Nothing. 
 
 ' S^ 
 
 Less. 
 
 Very many. 
 
 What ? 
 
 P 
 
 
 A great deal. 
 
 Nobody. 
 
 Too much. 
 
 
 
 Too many. 
 
 Some more. 
 Still some. 
 
 
 No more. 
 
 Some yet. 
 
 
 Not any more. 
 
 
 
 No longer any. 
 
 Several. 
 
 
 No longer any more. 
 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 Fresh butter, 
 
 beurre frais. 
 
 Musician, 
 
 musicien. 
 
 Boarder, 
 
 pensionnaire, m. f. 
 
 Physician, 
 
 medecin. 
 
 To-morrow morning, 
 
 domain matin. 
 
 Patient, 
 
 malade, in. f. 
 
 Last month, 
 
 le mois dernier or passe. 
 
 Merit, 
 
 merite, m. 
 
 Last summer, 
 
 Vete dernier. 
 
 To borrow, 
 
 emprunter. 
 
 Last winter, 
 
 Thiver dernier. 
 
 Sugar, 
 
 sucre, m. 
 
 Next week, 
 
 la semaine prochaine. 
 
 Tea, 
 
 the, m. 
 
 This year, 
 
 cette annee-ci. 
 
 Milk, 
 
 lait, m. 
 
 A month ago, 
 
 il y a un mois. 
 
 Steel-pen, 
 
 plume mltallique, £ 
 
 Formerly, 
 
 autrefois. 
 
 Box of caps 
 
 boite de capsules, f. 
 
 Captain, 
 
 capitaine. 
 
 Shot, 
 
 plomb, m. 
 
 Ship, 
 
 bdiiment, m., navire, m. 
 
 Shot-bag, 
 
 sac a plomb, m. 
 
 Schooner, 
 
 goelette, f. 
 
 Powder, 
 
 poudrc, f. 
 
 Fret, 
 
 fret, m. t. pr. 
 
 Powder-flask, poire a poudre, £ 
 
 Ballast, 
 
 lest, m. t. pr. 
 
 Wad, 
 
 bourre, f. 
 
 Carpenter, 
 
 charpentier. 
 
 Each, 
 
 chaque. 
 
 Glue, 
 
 colle, f. 
 
 Mason, 
 
 macon. 
 
 Sand-paper, 
 
 papier sable, m. 
 
 Sand, 
 
 sable, m. 
 
 To spend, 
 
 depenser. 
 
 Lime, 
 
 chaux, f. 
 
 Five-franc piece, 
 
 piece de cinq francs, f. 
 
 Umbrella, 
 
 parapluie, m. 
 
 Office, 
 
 bureau, m. 
 
 Basket, 
 
 panier, m. 
 
 Business, 
 
 affaires, f. pi. 
 
 Story, 
 
 conte, m. 
 
 Mechanic, 
 
 artisan. 
 
 Entertaining, agreable. 
 
 Letter-paper, 
 
 papier a lettres, m. 
 
 Guilty, 
 
 coupable. 
 
 Painter, 
 
 peintre. 
 
 Affair, 
 
 affaire, f. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 37 
 
 TABLE XV. 
 
 Conjunctions which require the Subjunctive Mood after 
 them in French. 
 
 Afin que. 
 A moins que.* 
 Avant que. 
 Au cas que. 
 JBien que. 
 Encore que. 
 De crainte que* 
 Depeur que* 
 En cas que. 
 Excepte que. 
 Jusqu'd ce que. 
 Loin que. 
 Hon que. 
 Hon pas que. 
 Pas que. 
 Uonobstant que. 
 Ce n'est pas que. 
 
 De maniere que. 
 
 Malgre que. 
 Moyennant que. 
 Pourvu que. 
 Pose que. 
 Pourpeu que. \ 
 Si petit que. > 
 Sipeu que. » 
 Pour que. 
 Quoique. 
 Sans que. 
 Soit que. 
 Suppose que. 
 Si tant est que. 
 
 That, to the end that. 
 
 Unless. 
 
 Before. 
 
 In case that, if. 
 
 Though, although. 
 
 Though, although. 
 
 For fear that, lest. 
 
 For fear that, lest. 
 
 If, in case that. 
 
 Except. 
 
 Till, until. 
 
 Far from. 
 
 Not that. 
 
 Notwithstanding that. 
 
 It is not to say that. 
 
 \ may. 
 So that, ( B ^ bL 
 
 followed by J shoul(J 
 
 Notwithstanding that. 
 Provided. 
 Provided that. 
 Suppose that. 
 
 However little. 
 
 In order that. 
 Although. 
 Without. 
 Whether. 
 Suppose that. 
 If so be that. 
 
 Que used by ellipsis 
 for any of these con- 
 junctions requires the 
 subjunctive. 
 
 * The conjunctions 
 
 d moins que, 
 
 de crainte que, 
 
 de peur que, 
 
 require ne before the 
 
 verb, although the verb 
 
 be used affirmatively ; 
 
 pas is added if the 
 
 verb be used negative- 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Unless he send me 
 the books. A moins 
 quHl ne rrCenvoie les 
 livres. 
 
 Lest he should re- 
 turn. De crainte quHl 
 ne revienne. 
 
 Lest he cut the 
 wood. De peur qu!il 
 ne coupe le bois. 
 
 Lest he do not cut 
 the wood. De peur 
 quHl ne coupe pas le 
 bois. 
 
S3 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 KEMARKS. 
 
 1. When several verbs are governed by the same conjunction, that conjunction 
 is placed before the first verb only, and que is placed before each of the others, 
 asr 
 
 Pourvu guHl vienne et qu'U vous vote. 
 Provided he come and see you. 
 
 2. In Freneh, the foregoing conjunctions serve to connect two verbs ; one may 
 be styled the governing or leading verb ; the other, immediately after the conjunction, 
 may be styled the governed or subordinate verb, and must be in the subjunctive, 
 irrespective of the mood used in English. 
 
 The subordinate verb, however, is in the infinitive, when the action it expresses 
 refers to and is performed by the nominative of the leading verb, — in other words, 
 when the two verbs have the same nominative, as : 
 
 He did it for fear he should lose. Illefttde peur de perdre. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 Table No. 15. Conjuxctions requiring the Subjuxctttb. 
 
 That. I send you my book, in order that you may study it. 
 
 To the end that. I gave him money, in order that he might buy books. 
 
 Unless. She will not go unless you accompany her. 
 
 Before.. I shall go out before she goes away. 
 
 In case that If. If you had what you have not, would you be satisfied ? 
 
 Althougk Although your brother is idle, he makes some progress. 
 
 Though. That man looks sad, although he has a great deal of money, 
 
 and receives encouraging letters. 
 Por fear that. Do not give him the knife, for fear he may cut himself 
 Lest. Shut the cage, lest the bird fly away. 
 
 Except. Cannot that man remain until I sell the goods? 
 
 Till, until. I cannot go to town until your brother goes (go) away. 
 
 Provided. I shall love you provided you are (be) my friend. 
 
 Without. He does it without your perceiving it. 
 
 "Whether. Whether you are right or wrong, you will never succeed in 
 
 it. 
 
 He did it for fear of losing. 
 
 He did it for fear I should lose. 
 
 Provided he come and see you. 
 
 If he come and perceive you, he will speak to you and to your 
 mother. 
 
 Do not commence until your children go away. 
 
 He does not learn well, although he is diligent and takes pains. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 He will not learn unless lie be diligent and take pains. 
 I will not sing until your sister shall have gone away. 
 Very well, she says she will not go away until you sing. 
 I shall do it so that you may be satisfied. 
 I cannot study unless he send me my books. 
 
 TABLE XVI. 
 
 Supplying Words in the Answer. 
 
 By an examination of the elementary exercises appended to each Table, it will 
 be observed that up to this period of instruction, the use of supplying words in the 
 answers has been avoided. The Objective Pronouns being well understood by the 
 pupil, the various modes of supplying in the answer are now explained by the in- 
 structor, and as a practical application of the principles to be observed, the Tables 
 are reviewed, written out entirely from memory, and the answers construed with 
 the appropriate supplying words indispensable in the French construction. 
 
 APPLICATION". 
 Table I. The Definite Article. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Have you the master's book ? I have not. 
 
 Did you give the house to the man ? I did not ; your father did. 
 
 Has he sent the cabbages to the boats ? He has not. 
 
 Have the generals seen the arsenals ? They have. 
 
 Will the children have the gloves ? They will not ; the servants will. 
 
 Did you not give .the jewels to the mar- I did not. 
 
 shals ? 
 
 "Was the clerk at the bank ? He was not. 
 
 Table II. The Indefinite Article. 
 
 Have I a handkerchief? You have one. 
 
 Hast thou a house ? I have. 
 
 Has he a friend ? He has. 
 
 Has she a card ? She has. 
 
 Have we a carpet ? You have. 
 
 Have they an admiral ? They have. 
 
 With an Adjective. 
 
 Have I a good handkerchief? You have. 
 
 Have I good handkerchiefs ? You have. 
 
 Hast thou a large house ? I have. 
 
 Hast thou large houses ? I have. 
 
40 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Table II. The Indefinite Article. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Had we not given a table to the lady ? You had. 
 
 Have you read a novel ? I have. 
 
 Had they not sent a horse to the house ? They had. 
 
 "Would you not have a house ? I would. 
 
 Have you thrown a stone in the well ? I have. 
 
 Table III. The Partitive Article. 
 
 Have they added wine to water ? They have not. 
 
 "Would they not have given you wine and They would not. 
 
 water ? 
 
 Have you had apples ? I have not. 
 
 Have you no bread ? I have none. 
 
 He has meat, has he not ? (n'est-ce pas ?) He has none now ; he will have some 
 
 presently. 
 
 Table III. The Partitive Article. 
 
 Have you any good wine ? I have none good. 
 
 Have you good or bad water? I have some good ; I never have any bad. 
 
 Will you have good books to-day ? I shall have good ones to-morrow. 
 
 Would he not have had excellent bread ? He would. 
 
 Has that young man any good horses ? He has not. 
 
 Table IV. Demonstrative Conjunctive. 
 
 Is this wine old? It is. 
 
 Is this woman sick ? She is not. 
 
 Is not this bird pretty ? It was ; it is not now. 
 
 Are not those men's horses good ? They were ; they are not now. 
 
 Is that glass broken ? It is. 
 
 Is not that bottle clean ? It is not. 
 
 Is that man's son tall? He is not yet. 
 
 Table IV. Demonstrative Conjunctive. 
 
 Are not these children obedient ? They are. 
 
 Have you given this money to that man ? I have. 
 
 Was not this bird in that cage ? It was not. 
 
 Were those men with these ? They were. 
 
 Are those generals prudent ? They always are. 
 
 Table V. The Demonstrative Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 
 Would you not have opened this door ? I would. 
 
 Have you shut that shutter? I have not; I will presently. 
 
 Has she not broken that board? She has not. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 41 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Have you spoken of those merchants ? I have. 
 
 Have you spoken to those merchants ? I have not. 
 
 Table V. The Demonstrative Pronoun Disjunctive, 
 
 Have they given bread to those children ? They have. 
 
 Is that pen good ? It is. 
 
 Are those houses bad ? They are not. 
 
 Had you not that one ? I had not. 
 
 When will they have those ; will they They will ; they will have these the 
 
 have them to-morrow ? day after to-morrow. 
 
 Table VI. The Demonstratives Celui qui and Celui que. 
 
 Have you the one I had yesterday ? I have. 
 Had you spoken of the one he had this I had. 
 
 morning? a 
 
 Have they spoken to the one I had seen They have. 
 
 yesterday ? 
 
 Have you those that I had yesterday? I have not. 
 
 Had not your brother spoken of those He had. 
 
 you had this morning ? 
 
 Table IX. Possessive Pronoun Conjunctive. 
 
 Are my clerks in my friend's store ? They were ; they are not now. 
 
 Is my brother's inkstand on the table ? It was ; it is not now. 
 
 Is not my sister's box in her drawer? It was this morning. 
 
 Is his son sick ? He is not. 
 
 Are her sons sick ? They are. 
 
 Are his trunks in his carriage ? They were an hour ago. 
 
 Is her trunk in her carriage ? It is not. 
 
 Table IX. Possessive Pronoun Conjunctive. 
 
 Is his door shut ? It is not : it will be presently. 
 
 Do you speak of her husband ? I do. 
 
 Do you speak of his wife ? I do not. 
 
 Have you spoken to his uncle ? I have not ; I will presently. 
 
 Is our house large ? It is ; it is larger than yours. 
 
 Are your rooms small ? They are ; they are very small. 
 
 Is your cap in your box ? It is not now. 
 
 Are our guns clean ? They were ; they are not now. 
 
 Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 Masculine Singular. 
 
 Is mine good ? It was ; it is not now. 
 
42 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Are you speaking of mine ? 
 Does lie give water to mine ? 
 
 Masculine Plural. 
 Are mine good? 
 Are you speaking of mine ? 
 Does he give bread to mine? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I am. 
 
 He does not. 
 
 They were ; they are not now 
 "We are not. 
 He does not. 
 
 Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 
 Masculine Singular. 
 
 
 Is thine here ? 
 
 It is. 
 
 Is he speaking of thine? 
 
 He is. 
 
 Has he sent seed to thine? 
 
 He has. 
 
 Masculine Plural. 
 
 
 Are not thine here ? 
 
 They are not 
 
 Is she speaking of thine ? 
 
 She is not. 
 
 Have they sent seed to thine ? 
 
 They have. 
 
 Table X. Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 Feminine Singular. 
 "Was his here yesterday? 
 "Was I speaking of his ? 
 Have you given water to his ? 
 
 Feminine Plural. 
 
 It was not. 
 
 You were. ' 
 
 I have not ; I will soon 
 
 "Were his here this morning ? 
 "Was he speaking of his ? 
 Have they given hay to his ? 
 
 Table X. 
 
 Masculine Singular. 
 
 Is hers in the parlor? 
 Shall I speak of hers ? 
 Has he given a book to hers ? 
 
 Masculine Plural. 
 Are hers in the drawer ? 
 Have you spoken of hers? 
 Have you spoken to hers ? 
 
 Table X. 
 Masculine Singular. 
 Is not ours there ? 
 
 They were. 
 
 He was not. 
 
 Not yet ; they will soon 
 
 Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 
 It was ; it is not now. 
 
 Do not. 
 
 Not yet ; he will presently. 
 
 They were this morning. 
 
 I have not. 
 
 Not yet; I will presently. 
 
 Possessive Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 
 I believe it is. 
 
TABULAK SYSTEM. 
 
 43 
 
 -i QUESTIONS. 
 
 "Were you speaking of ours? 
 Does he give money to ours ? 
 
 Masculine Plural 
 Are not ours on the desk ? 
 "Would you speak of ours ? 
 Do they give money to ours ? 
 
 Table X. Possessive 
 Masculine Singular. 
 Is yours sold? 
 
 Has he sold a little of yours ? 
 Have you added water to yours ? 
 
 Masculine Plural. 
 Are yours sold ? 
 Has he sold two of yours ? 
 Have you added wine to yours ? 
 
 Table X. Possessive 
 Feminine Singular. 
 Have you seen theirs ? 
 Do you speak of theirs ? 
 Shall I give hay to theirs ? 
 
 Feminine Plural. 
 Were theirs good? 
 Shall I speak of theirs ? 
 Give water to theirs. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I was. 
 
 He does sometimes. 
 
 They are. 
 I would. 
 They do sometimes. 
 
 Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 
 Not yet ; it will be to-morrow. 
 He has. 
 I have. 
 
 They are. 
 
 He has sold one. 
 
 I have ; I shall add more presently. 
 
 Pronoun Disjunctive. 
 
 I have not. 
 I never do. 
 Do. 
 
 They were ; they are not now. 
 
 Do not. 
 
 I have already. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 To breakfast. You are breakfasting, are you not ? I am not ; I am dining. 
 
 (n'est-ce pas?) 
 
 To dine. Thou wast dining, wast thou not ? 
 
 To walk. She will walk, will she not ? 
 
 To talk. People would talk, would they not ? 
 
 To try. They have tried, have they not ? 
 
 To finish. They had finished, had they not? 
 
 Yes, I was; your bro- 
 ther was also. 
 She will with crutches. 
 They would, a great 
 
 deal. 
 They have, twice. 
 They had not at one 
 o'clock. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 To succeed. I always succeed, do I not ? You seldom do. 
 
 To act. Thou wast acting for him, wast thou not ? I was. 
 
 To establish. He established a store, did he not ? He did. 
 
u 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 To perish. She will perish, will she not ? 
 
 To obey. "Would not people obey ? 
 
 rp n ^ n a j They would have applauded, would they 
 10 appiaua. | nQt? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 She will not. 
 They would not. 
 They would. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 To deceive. You deceive everybody, do you not ? I do. 
 
 Thou wast receiving money, wast thou I was. 
 not? 
 
 To receive. 
 To owe. 
 To receive. 
 To receive. 
 
 j He owed money to everybody, did he He did. 
 \ not? 
 
 j People would receive the news to-mor- They would. 
 \ row, would they not ? 
 
 j They have received the goods, have they They have not. 
 ( not? 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
 
 To hear. 
 To wait. 
 
 To answer. 
 
 To sell. 
 To descend. 
 
 To defend. 
 
 I hear the man, do I not ? You do. 
 
 Thou wast waiting, wast thou not ? I was not. 
 
 He answered the letters last year, did he No, he did not. 
 not ? (a) 
 
 She will sell her goods, will she not? Yes, she wilL 
 
 Will people descend to those means ? No, they will not. 
 
 The soldiers would defend the fort, would They would, 
 they not? 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 "Will he not give me to another master ? 
 Will he not sell thee soon ? 
 He has sold it, has he not ? 
 Will they not take us to the house ? 
 Was she not giving it to her mistress ? 
 You had them in your pocket, had you 
 not? 
 
 He will next year. 
 
 He will next week. 
 
 He has not, he never will. 
 
 They will. 
 
 She was. 
 
 I had ; I had some in my desk also. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 He hears me, does he not? 
 
 Do I not hear thee? 
 
 He receives her in the morning, does he 
 
 not? (le matin) 
 
 Would you not have sold it dear ? 
 You would defend them, would you not ? 
 Does she hear him ? 
 They hp.ve received them, have they not ? 
 
 He does not. 
 
 You do not now. 
 
 He never does in the morning. 
 
 I would. 
 
 We always should. 
 
 She does, up stairs, {en havi.) 
 
 They have, down stairs, {en bas.) 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 45 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, 
 
 questions. 
 He will give me the best books, will he 
 
 not? 
 He will sell the best books to thee, will 
 
 he not ? 
 Shall I speak to him to-morrow ? 
 You spoke to her yesterday, did you not ? 
 You gave her lessons last year, did you 
 
 not? 
 He gives us water, does he not? 
 "We sell you wine, don't we ? 
 
 Nominative and Objective. 
 
 answers. 
 He will 
 
 He will not. 
 
 Do. 
 
 I did. 
 
 I did ; I shall ihis year also. 
 
 He does sometimes. 
 You never do. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 Does she not sell him good cloth ? 
 "Would he not have sold them shoes and 
 
 stockings ? 
 Had you not lent her several old books? 
 "When will you lend her money ? 
 
 When will they sell him goods ? 
 
 She sometimes does. 
 He would not. 
 
 I had. 
 
 I have none to lend. 
 a 
 
 They have none to sell. 
 d 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, 
 
 Do not give her to another master. 
 Do not send them to the store. 
 Do not observe us. 
 Sell me a good horse. 
 Apply this observation to yourself. 
 Give him a better pen. 
 Do not give him a bad pen. 
 Show them the black coats. 
 
 Nominative and Objective. 
 
 I will not. 
 
 I have already. 
 
 I will not. 
 
 I will. 
 
 I will. 
 
 I will not give him a bad one. 
 
 I have already given him a bad one . 
 
 I will, and the blue also. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 Sell me to another master. I will not. 
 
 Render thyself capable. I will. 
 
 Give it to the girl. I will. 
 
 Give her to a better mistress. I will. 
 
 Observe us. We do. 
 
 Render yourself skilful. I have already. 
 
 Send them to the store. We have already. 
 
 Carry them to the bank. I have already. 
 
 Show them to the women. We have already. 
 
 Do not sell me to another. I will not. 
 
46 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 
 Sell her the sweet oranges. 
 Do not sell her the sour ones. 
 Bring her the best oranges. 
 Do not bring her the best. 
 Give us money. 
 Do not give us any. 
 Give yourself trouble, (peine, f.) 
 Show them the gardens. 
 Send them the flowers. 
 
 IwilL 
 
 I will not. 
 
 I have already. 
 
 I will not. 
 
 IwilL 
 
 I will not. 
 
 I will. 
 
 I will presently, (tout d Vheure.) 
 
 I will this evening. 
 
 Table XII. Personal Pronouns, Nominative and Objective. 
 Do not sell her the sweet oranges. I will not. 
 
 Do not bring her the sour apples. 
 Do not give us any trouble. 
 Do not show them your gardens. 
 Do not send them the pretty flowers. 
 
 "We will not. 
 Why should I? 
 Why should I not? 
 Why should we not ? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 47 
 
 TABLE XVII. 
 
 The Numeral Adjectives and tbeir Pronunciation. 
 
 The pronunciation tf French Numeral Adjectives being very arbitrary, this 
 table has been framed for the purpose of familiarizing the student with a difficulty 
 not satisfactorily explained in any grammar for the use of English pupils. 
 
 
 
 PRONUNCIATION OP THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. 
 
 
 
 
 When not 
 
 
 
 
 
 THE 
 
 followed 
 by a noun 
 
 Before a 
 
 Noun or Adjective commencing with a 
 
 THE 
 
 CARDINAL 
 
 or 
 
 
 
 
 CARDINAL 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 adjective. 
 
 
 
 
 NUMBERS. 
 
 
 
 
 Isolated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consonant or 
 
 Vow 
 
 
 
 At the end 
 of a 
 
 h aspirated. 
 
 ; 
 
 I mute. 
 
 
 
 sentence. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 j un. 
 
 \ une. 
 
 un (nasal) 
 
 un 
 
 eouteau. 
 
 un »' 
 
 oiseau, m. 
 
 21 
 
 vingt-un. 
 
 u-nc. 
 
 v-ne 
 
 fourchette. 
 
 un 1 
 
 abeille, f. 
 
 22 
 
 vingt-deux. 
 
 2 
 
 deux. 
 
 deu. 
 
 deu 
 
 tosses. 
 
 deuz 
 
 eponges. 
 
 23 
 
 vingt-trois. 
 
 3 
 
 trois. 
 
 troi. 
 
 troi 
 
 soucoupes. 
 
 troiz 
 
 hivers. 
 
 24 
 
 vingt-quatre. 
 
 4 
 
 quatre. 
 
 X 
 
 cinq. \ 
 
 qua-tre. 
 
 qua-tre 
 
 cuiileres. 
 
 quatr 1 
 
 ties. 
 
 25 
 26 
 
 vingt-cinq. 
 vingt-six. 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 \ cink. 
 
 tin 
 
 carafes. g cink 
 
 arbres. 
 
 27 
 
 vingt-sept. 
 
 6 
 
 six. 
 sept c 
 
 \siss. 
 
 si 
 
 verres. § siz 
 
 habits. 
 
 28 
 
 vingt-huit. 
 
 7 
 
 {set. 
 
 se 
 
 raso.rs. % set 
 
 individus. 
 
 29 
 
 vingt-neuf. 
 
 8 
 
 huit. j 
 
 [huit. 
 
 hut 
 
 miroirs. £ huit 
 
 inondations. 
 
 1 
 
 'he g of vingt is 
 
 9 
 
 neuf. 2 
 
 2 neuf. 
 
 ntu 
 
 gants. « ntuv 
 
 hommes. 
 
 dropped, but the t is 
 sounded from 21 to 
 
 10 
 11 
 
 dix. 
 onze* 
 
 ; diss. 
 
 - 
 
 di 
 
 homards. c diz 
 
 uniformes. 
 
 29. 
 
 onze. 
 
 onze 
 
 paysans. 
 
 onz 1 
 
 ans. 
 
 30 
 
 trente. 
 
 12 
 
 douze. 
 
 douze. 
 
 douze 
 
 pas. 
 
 douz 1 
 
 hopitaux. 
 
 31 
 
 trente-un, &c. 
 
 13 
 14 
 
 treize. 
 quatorze. 
 
 treize. 
 quatorze. 
 
 treize 
 quatorze 
 
 voitures. 
 chemins. 
 
 treiz 1 
 quatorz'' 
 
 objets. 
 etoiles. 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 quarante. 
 
 15 
 16 
 
 quinze. 
 
 quinze. 
 seize. 
 
 quinze 
 seize 
 
 voiles, 
 navires. 
 
 quinz 1 
 seiz' 
 
 endroits. 
 ceufs. 
 
 41 
 
 quarante-un, &c. 
 
 seize. 
 
 50 
 
 cinquanie. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 dix-sept. 
 
 diss-set. 
 
 diss-se 
 
 pelles. 
 
 diss-set 
 
 oies. 
 
 51 
 
 cinquante-un.&c- 
 
 18 
 19 
 
 diz-huit. 
 dix-neuf. 
 
 di-zuit. 
 diz-neuf. 
 
 di-zui 
 diz-neu 
 
 balais. 
 malles. 
 
 di-zuit 
 diz-neux 
 
 assiettes. 
 amis. 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 soixante. 
 
 20 
 
 vingt. 
 
 vin. 
 
 vin 
 
 plumes. 
 
 vint 
 
 eglises. 
 
 61 
 
 soixante-un, &c. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The x of soixante 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 pronounced as 8*. 
 
 * Monosyllables, such as le, la, de, que, which undergo elision before words commencing with 
 a vowel or h mute, undergo none before onze ; nor must any final consonant be carried to this 
 word in pronunciation. This rule applies to onzieme, 11th. 
 
 Le onze de ce cadran est efface. 
 La onziemc lettre est mal formee. 
 Les onze pommes ttaient bonnes. 
 Je parte de onze soldats. 
 Je parte des onze ojjiciers. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 The eleven on that dial-plate is effaced. 
 The eleventh letter is badly formed. 
 The eleven apples were good. 
 I speak of eleven soldiers. 
 I speak of the eleven officers. 
 
43 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Voiis n'acez que onze francs. You have but eleven francs. 
 
 Nous etions onze a table. "We were eleven at table. 
 
 H a deux onziemes dans cette affaire. He has two elevenths in that affair. 
 
 N'aurez-vouspas onze cents francs le onze du Will you not have eleven hundred francs 
 mois ? on the eleventh" of the month ? 
 
 70 
 71 
 72 
 73 
 74 
 75 
 76 
 77 
 78 
 79 
 
 90 
 91 
 92 
 93 
 94 
 95 
 96 
 97 
 93 
 99 
 
 70 
 
 soixante-dix. 
 
 soixante-onze. 
 
 soixante-douze. 
 
 soixante-treize. 
 
 soixante-quatorze 
 
 soixante-quinze. 
 
 soixante-seize. 
 
 soixante-dix-sept. 
 
 soixaate-dix-huit. 
 
 soixante-dix-neuf J 
 
 BEFORE A CONSONANT. BEFORE A VOWEL. 
 
 J» ~t -*> 
 
 - p 
 
 80 quatre- 
 
 81 quatre 
 
 82 quatre- 
 
 83 quatre- 
 
 84 quatre- 
 
 85 quatre- 
 
 86 quatre- 
 
 87 quatre- 
 
 88 quatre 
 
 89 quatre- 
 
 80 
 
 ■vingt. s.* 
 
 ■vingt-un. 
 
 vingt-deux. 
 
 vingt-trois. 
 
 vingt-quatre. 
 
 vingt-cinq. 
 
 ■vingt-six. 
 
 vingt-sept. 
 
 ■vingt-huit. 
 
 vingt-neuf. 
 
 90 
 
 ° "5 
 
 8 _^ 
 
 1 pM 
 
 9 4 
 
 = a 
 
 -I 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix 
 
 quatre- v ingt-onze. 
 
 quatre- vingt-douze. 
 
 quatre-vingt-treize. 
 
 quatre-vingt-quatorze. 
 
 quatre-vingt-quinze. 
 
 quatre-vingt-seize. 
 
 q uatre- v ingt-dix-sept. 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix-huit. 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix-ntuf. 
 
 o ^ 
 
 a £ 3 
 
 w © g 
 •« -s a. 
 
 S> £3 © 
 
 ° bc.2 a 
 ■^ s - o 
 
 *>§•-! 
 
 23 a'3 
 
 lieutenants. 
 
 etendards. m. 
 
 caporaux. 
 
 escadrons. m. 
 
 sergents. 
 
 az'efes rfe cawp. 
 
 tambours. 
 
 affuts. m. 
 
 dragons. 
 
 ordres. m. 
 
 chasseurs. 
 
 am/rawa;. 
 
 cuirassiers. 
 
 ancrtjs. f. 
 
 hussards. 
 
 arsenaux. m. 
 
 colonels. 
 
 epic2'ers. 
 
 capitaines. 
 
 e7>e»isfes. 
 
 generaux. 
 
 orfevres. 
 
 majors. 
 
 ouvriers. 
 
 fusils, m. 
 
 imprimeurs. 
 
 canons, m. 
 
 acteurs. 
 
 pistoleU. m. 
 
 actrices. 
 
 balles. f. 
 
 avocats. 
 
 boulets. m. 
 
 Anglais. 
 
 baionnettes. f. 
 
 Anglaises. 
 
 sabres, m. 
 
 Americains. 
 
 grenadiers. 
 
 Americaines. 
 
 lanciers. 
 
 AUemands. 
 
 sapeurs. 
 
 Allemandes. 
 
 cavaliers. 
 
 E*pagnols. 
 
 fantassins. 
 
 Espagnoles. 
 
 rnusiciens. 
 
 Ecossais. 
 
 fifres. 
 
 Ecossaises. 
 
 tirailleurs. 
 
 IMitns. Italiennes. 
 
 pelotons. m. 
 
 Indiens. 
 
 regiments, m. 
 
 Europeens. 
 
 compagnies. f. 
 
 Europeennes. 
 
 100 cera*. 
 
 101 centun. 
 
 102 cent deux. 
 
 103 cerai tow. 
 
 20a Dezwj «nf. 
 Dewx cenfe.f 
 
 201 deux cent un. 
 
 202 deux cent deux. 
 
 300 troiscent s.\ 
 
 400 quatre cent s. 
 
 500 czn^ centf $. 
 
 600 six cent s. 
 
 * Vingt in quatre-vingt takes an * when followed by a noun. In pronunciation, the letters gis 
 remain silent when quatre-vingts is pronounced alone, at the end of a sentence, or before a noun 
 beginning with a consonant. Before a noun beginning with a vowel or h mute, the final * is 
 carried to the vowel ; the letters gt still remaining silent, as : Rendez-lui sea quatre-vingta ecus. 
 
 f As explained hereafter. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 49 
 
 104 
 
 105 
 
 106 
 
 1000 
 
 1001 
 
 1002 
 
 cent quatre. 
 
 203 deux cent trois. TOO 
 
 sept cent s. 
 
 
 cent cinq. 
 
 204 deux cent quatre. 800 
 
 huit cent s. 
 
 
 cent six, &c. 
 
 205 deux cent cinq, &c. 900 
 
 neuf cent s. 
 
 
 mille. 
 
 2000 deux milk. 5000 
 
 cinq milk. 
 
 million s. 
 
 milk un. 
 
 3000 trois milk. 6000 
 
 nix milk. 
 
 billion s. 
 
 mille deux, &c. 
 
 4000 quatre mille. 1000 
 Pronunciation of Cent. 
 
 sept milk, &c. 
 
 trillion s. 
 
 CENT — t SILENT. 
 
 CENT — t SILENT. 
 
 CENT — t PRONOUNCED. 
 
 1. Isolated. 
 
 2. When not followed by 
 a noun or adjective. 
 
 3. At the end of a sen- 
 tence. 
 
 4. Before another number. 
 
 Before a noun or adjective 
 commencing with a con- 
 sonant, or h aspirated. 
 
 Before a noun or adjec- 
 tive commencing with 
 a vowel, or h mute. 
 
 Ex. Ne rlpetez pas cent et 
 
 cent fois la meme chose. 
 Prekz-m) en cent. 
 Ten ai cent un. 
 
 Envoyez-moi cent pommiers. 
 
 ers. 
 Vendez-lui cent beaux ro- 
 
 siers. 
 Elles ont visite cent ha- 
 
 meaux. 
 
 Le jardinier veut planter 
 cent arbres. 
 
 Le onziemz regiment a per- 
 du cent hommes. 
 
 Larmee possede cent in- 
 trtpides chefs. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION OF CENTS. 
 
 CENTS — ts SILENT. 
 
 CENTS — ts SILENT. 
 
 ,~, wm S i t SILENT, AND THE 
 CENT •< 
 
 { S CONNECTED AS Z. 
 
 1. "When not followed by 
 a noun or adjective. 
 
 2. At the end of a sen- 
 tence. 
 
 3. Isolated. 
 
 Before a noun or adjective 
 commencing with a con- 
 sonant, or h aspirated. 
 
 Before a noun or adjec 
 tive commencing with 
 a vowel, or h mute. 
 
 Ex. Paul a plants de beaux 
 pommiers, il en aura plus 
 de deux cents au bout de 
 trois ans. 
 
 Moi, fen ai neuf cents. 
 
 Nous avons port 2 sept cents 
 francs d la banque de 
 France. 
 
 Le quincaillier vous vendra 
 deux cents haches ethuit 
 cents bonnes beches. 
 
 Nous aurions tue deux cents 
 alouettes si nous avians 
 eu de la poudre et du 
 plomb. 
 
 Pourquoi ne vendez-vous 
 pas vos six milk neuf 
 cents anciens manuscrits? 
 
 USE OF HYPHEN. 
 
 All adjectives of number are connected bj' hyphens, from dix-sept to quatre-vingt- 
 dix-neuf without exception, whether used alone or connected with higher numbers- 
 In other combinations the hyphen is omitted. 
 
 UN, VINGT, AND CENT (when declinable). 
 
 REMARKS. 
 
 Cardinal numbers are indeclinable, except un, quatre-vingt and cent. 
 Un makes une in the feminine. 
 
50 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Vingt (in quatre-vingt) and cent take the plural s, either when they occur imme- 
 diately before a substantive, or when they refer to one previously mentioned or 
 immediately understood after them, provided they be preceded by another number 
 multiplying them. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 Q. Avez-vous deux livres de sucre, ou rien Q. Have you two pounds of sugar, or 
 
 avezvous qriune ? have you but one ? 
 
 A. Je rien ai qriune. A. I have but one. 
 
 Quatre-vingts violons et quatre-vingis archets. Eighty violins and eighty bows. 
 
 200 officers and 900 soldiers. 
 
 Q. Had they 300 prints ? 
 
 A. They had but eighty. 
 
 Q. Has your cousin 200 ? 
 
 A. She has four or five hundred. 
 
 "We are but eighty now, but shall soon 
 be 200 (persons). 
 
 Deux cents ojjiciers et neuf cents soldats. 
 
 Q. Avaient-ils trois cents estampes ? 
 
 A. Us rien avaient que quatre-vingts. 
 
 Q. Voire cousine en a-t-elle deux cents ? 
 
 A. Elle en a quatre ou cinq cents. 
 
 Nous nesommes que quatre-vingts a present, 
 
 mais nous serons bientot deux cents {per- 
 
 sonnes understood). 
 
 But we should write nous etions cent. "We were one hundred (persons), and not 
 cents ; because in this case only one hundred is mentioned. 
 
 NOT DECLINABLE. 
 
 Quatre-vingt and cent, when immediately followed by another number, do not take 
 the plural s : as, 
 
 Trois cent quatre-vingt-cinq dollars. 385 dollars. 
 
 Vingt and cent, although multiplied by another number, do not take the plural 5 
 in dates, for the reason that in such cases they refer to a noun singular, and are 
 used in the place of the ordinal numbers, as in the next example, cent for centieme 
 and quatre-vingt for quatre-vingticme. 
 
 Van sept cent quatre-vingt. In the year 780. 
 
 Charlemagne fut proclame Empereur, Van huitcent 
 
 Charlemagne was proclaimed Emperor in 800, in the year 800. ■ 
 
 Mil instead of Mille. 
 Mille is curtailed into Mil in the computation of years of the Christian era. 
 
 I Eighteen hundred and fifty-eight. 
 
 Ex. Mil huit cent cinquante-huit, or 
 Dix-huit cent cinquante-huit. 
 
 A HUNDRED — ONE HUNDRED, &C. 
 
 Un is not prefixed to cent and mille ; thus we translate, 
 
 A hundred. ) , . A hundred brushes. 
 
 One hundred. \ "* ' One hundred combs. 
 
 A thousand. 
 One thousand. 
 
 | by 
 
 mille. 
 
 A thousand miles. 
 One thousand leagues. 
 
 cent brosses. 
 cent peignes. 
 
 mille milles. 
 milk lieues. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 51 
 
 AND, NOT EXPRESSED. 
 
 The English conjunction and, used with 100 and 1,000, is not expressed in French 
 
 with the cardinal numbers : as, 
 
 Cent vingt-une caisses 1 contenant dix mille One hundred and twenty-one boxes, con- 
 eft's volumes. taining ten thousand and ten volumes. 
 Say and write, nevertheless, milk et un, and not milk un, 100L 
 
 ELEVEN HUNDRED, TWELVE HUNDRED, &C. 
 
 It is good French to say onze cent, douze cent, &c, as far as dix-neuf cent ; but 
 after that, the words deux milk must be used to express two thousand, Ac Dix 
 cent cannot be substituted for milk. 
 
 NUMBERS NOT TO BE REVERSED. 
 
 The numbers cannot be reversed. Five and twenty must be translated into 
 French by vingt-cinq. 
 
 MILLION. 
 
 Million, is followed by the preposition d&, of, as in English. It takes s in the 
 plural, as: cinq millions de francs. 
 
 Of the Ordinal Numbers* 
 
 
 'premier. 
 
 m. s. 
 
 
 premiere. 
 
 f. s. 
 
 First 
 
 premiers. 
 
 m. pi. 
 
 
 premieres. 
 [ unieme. 
 
 f.pl. 
 
 
 
 
 'second* 
 
 m. s. 
 
 Second. -j 
 
 seconde. 
 seconds. 
 
 f. s. 
 m. pL 
 
 
 k secondes. 
 
 f.pl. 
 
 Third. 
 
 ' troinemc 
 
 • 
 
 Fourth. 
 
 quatrihne. 
 
 
 Fifth. 
 
 cinquieme. 
 
 
 Sixth. 
 
 sixieme. 
 
 
 Seventh. 
 
 septieme. 
 
 
 Eighth. -4 
 
 huitieme. 
 
 
 Ninth. 
 
 neuvieme. 
 
 
 Tenth. 
 
 dixieme. 
 
 
 Eleventh. 
 
 onzieme. 
 
 
 Twelfth. 
 
 douzieme. 
 
 
 Thirteenth. 
 
 _ treizieme. 
 
 
 Remark 1. Premier is only made use 
 of for the very first of a series, and unieme 
 after another number : as, 
 Twenty-first. Vingt-unieme. 
 L Thirty-first. Trente-unieme. 
 
 Remark 2. Second is only used for 
 the second of a series. Deuxieme is also 
 used in such cases, but it is the only one 
 of the two that can succeed another num- 
 ber: as, 
 
 ThiTty-second. Trente-deuxieme. 
 __ Forty-second. Quarante-d,euxieme. 
 
 Remark 3. It will be very easy now 
 to proceed with the Ordinal Numbers, as 
 the rest are formed from the cardinal by 
 adding ieme; and if the cardinal number 
 ends in e mute, that e is cut off and ieme 
 added to the preceding consonant 
 
 Remark 4. Fifth and Ninth make 
 cinquiemt and neuvieme, as in the margin. 
 
 Remark 5. The Ordinal Numbers, with 
 the exception of premier and second, are of 
 both genders, and take an s in the plura 1 . 
 
 The pronunciation of the Cardinal Numbers will serve as a key to that of the 
 Ordinal Numbers, and for a complete list of the latter see Levizac's Gram- 
 mar, page 58. 
 
 The c in second is pronounced as a #. 
 
52 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Observation. 
 
 In the application of the preceding Table, we call the attention of the student to 
 the use of the pronoun en entering into the construction of the French phrase. 
 Place must be supplied by y. The attention of the learner is likewise directed to 
 the peculiar mode of rendering the past tense. The following examples will serve 
 as an illustration. 
 
 Q. Did you not lend him two books this 
 morning ? 
 
 A. I lent him five. 
 
 Q. Did you not put nine bills in the 
 drawer ? 
 
 A. I put ten in it. 
 
 Ne lui avez-vous pas prete deux livres 
 ce matin? 
 
 Je lui en 
 
 cinq. 
 
 Wavez-vouz pas mis neuf billets dans 
 le tiroir? 
 
 <Ty en ai mis dix. 
 
 APPLICATION". 
 
 5. What trees did you cut down? 
 
 6. Did you cut down any others ? 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 \. How many peaches have you ? I have but one; my brother has two 
 
 and my sister has four or five. 
 
 2. "What did you put in the large basket I put in it one ham, two loaves, three 
 this morning ? forks, four knives, and five cups. 
 
 3. What did you put in the small one ? I put in it one towel, two sponges, 
 
 three oranges, and a case containing 
 four pins and five needles. 
 
 4KsJ)id your brother and your cousin cut My brother cut down six, my cousin cut 
 down many trees this morning ? down seven, the servant who helped 
 
 us cut down eight, I cut down n ; ne, 
 and the coachman ten. 
 
 We cut down six birch, seven cedar, 
 eight oak, nine ash, and ten pine trees. 
 
 We cut down, moreover, six elm, seven 
 
 maple, eight yew, nine alder, and ten 
 
 orange trees. 
 | 
 7. Did not your clerk give ten dollars to He gave more than ten to each ; to the 
 
 each workman to-day ? mason he gave eleven, to the carpen- 
 
 ter twelve, to the blacksmith thirteen, 
 to the plumber fourteen, and to the 
 slater fifteen. 
 
 He took out of it eleven copy-books, 
 twelve quills, thirteen pencils, fourteen 
 penknives, and fifteen sticks of seal- 
 ing wax. 
 
 9. Did you see him put any thing into it ? I saw him put into it sixteen inkstands, 
 
 twelve sketches, thirteen epaulets, 
 fourteen swords, and fifteen matches. 
 For exercise at the black-board, the remaining cardinal numbers will be com- 
 bined with the words of the next vocabulary. 
 
 8. What did Eobert take out of his trunk, 
 when he opened it this afternoon ? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 53 
 
 N. It will be observed that the first answer upon the slips contains numbers not 
 connected with nouns ; the second, numbers connected with nouns beginning with 
 a consonant, and the third, numbers conneoted with nouns beginning with a vowel. 
 In this manner the three phases of pronunciation are fully exemplified at the 
 black-board. 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 r>ial-plate ; 
 
 cadran, m. 
 
 Slater, 
 
 couvreur. 
 
 Letter, 
 
 lettre, f. 
 
 Cabinet-maker, 
 
 ebeniste. 
 
 Affair, 
 
 affaire, f. 
 
 Printer, 
 
 imprimeur. 
 
 Peach, 
 
 peche, f. 
 
 Grocer, 
 
 epicier. 
 
 Basket, 
 
 panier, nx 
 
 Clerk, 
 
 commis. 
 
 Ham, 
 
 javibon, m. 
 
 Emperor, 
 
 empereur. 
 
 Fork, 
 
 fourchette, f. 
 
 General 
 
 general. 
 
 Knife, 
 
 couttau, m. 
 
 Major, 
 
 major. 
 
 Cup, 
 
 tasse, f. 
 
 Aid, 
 
 aide de camp. 
 
 Towel, 
 
 essuie-main, m. 
 
 Captain, 
 
 capitaine. 
 
 Sponge, 
 
 cponge, m. 
 
 Lieutenant, 
 
 lieutenant 
 
 Case, 
 
 etui, m. 
 
 Sergeant, 
 
 sergent 
 
 Needle-case, 
 
 etui a aiguilles, m. 
 
 Corporal, 
 
 caporal. 
 
 Pincushion, 
 
 pdote, f. 
 
 Drummer, 
 
 tambour. 
 
 Servant, 
 
 domeslique, m. f. 
 
 National Guard, 
 
 garde nationale. 
 
 Coachman, 
 
 cocker. 
 
 Author, 
 
 auteitr. 
 
 Birch-tree, 
 
 bouleau, m. 
 
 Trunk, 
 
 malle, £ 
 
 Cedar, 
 
 cedre, m. 
 
 Copy-book, 
 
 cahier, m. 
 
 Oak, 
 
 chine, m. 
 
 Pen, 
 
 plume, f. 
 
 Ash, 
 
 frene, m. 
 
 Pencil, 
 
 crayon, m. 
 
 Pine, 
 
 pin, m. 
 
 Penknife, 
 
 canif, m. 
 
 Elm, 
 
 orme, m. 
 
 Stick of sealing 
 
 \ baton de cire d 
 
 Maple, 
 
 erable, m. 
 
 wax, 
 
 ( cacheter. 
 
 Yew, 
 
 if, m. 
 
 Inkstand, 
 
 encrier, m. 
 
 Alder, 
 
 aune, m. 
 
 Sketch, 
 
 esquisse, f. 
 
 Orange-tree, 
 
 oranger, m. 
 
 Epaulet, 
 
 epaulette, f. 
 
 Flower, 
 
 fleur, f. 
 
 Sword, 
 
 epee. 
 
 Kind. 
 
 espece, f. 
 
 Match, 
 
 allumette, f. 
 
 Dahlia, 
 
 dahlia, m. 
 
 Arm, 
 
 arme, f. 
 
 Rose, 
 
 rose, f. 
 
 Article, 
 
 objet, m. 
 
 Violet, 
 
 violeite, f. 
 
 Squadron, 
 
 escadron, m. 
 
 Daisy, 
 
 marguerite, f. 
 
 Standard, 
 
 etendard, m. 
 
 Tulip, 
 
 tulipe, f. 
 
 Gun-carriage, 
 
 off at, m. 
 
 Amaranth, 
 
 amarante, f. 
 
 Musket, 
 
 fusil, m. 
 
 Heliotrope, 
 
 heliotrope, m. 
 
 Bayonet, 
 
 baionnette, f. 
 
 Peter, 
 
 Pierre. 
 
 Sabre, 
 
 sabre, vol. 
 
 Julia, 
 
 Julie. 
 
 Brother-in-law, 
 
 beau-frere, m. 
 
 John, 
 
 Jean. 
 
 Sister-in-law, 
 
 belle-sozur. 
 
 Mary, 
 
 Marie. 
 
 Aunt, 
 
 tante. 
 
 Paul, 
 
 Paul. 
 
 Volume, 
 
 volume, m. 
 
 Mason, 
 
 macon. 
 
 Pamphlet, 
 
 brochure, f. 
 
 Carpenter, 
 
 charpentier. 
 
 Book of travels, 
 
 livre de voyages, m 
 
 Blacksmith, 
 
 forgeron. 
 
 Sum, 
 
 somme, f. 
 
 Plumber, 
 
 plombier. 
 
 Month, 
 
 mois, m. 
 
54 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Print 
 
 estampe, f. 
 
 Sometimes, 
 
 quelquefou. 
 
 Colored, 
 
 enlumine. 
 
 As many as, 
 
 jusqu'd. 
 
 Purse, 
 
 bourse, f. 
 
 Yesterday evening, hier soir. 
 
 Mantel-piece, 
 
 cheminee. 
 
 To-morrow even- 
 
 h demain soir. 
 
 Arctic regions, 
 
 regions arciiques. 
 
 ing, 
 
 Cholera, 
 
 cholera, m. 
 
 The day before 
 
 ]■ avant hier. 
 
 Profit, • 
 
 benefice, m. 
 
 yesterday, 
 
 Sugar, 
 
 sucre, m. 
 
 Afternoon, 
 
 apres-midi, f. 
 
 Violin, 
 
 violon, m. 
 
 Next month, 
 
 le mois prochain. 
 
 Bow, 
 
 archet, m. 
 
 In the course of 
 
 ' ^ dans le courant de 
 
 First string-, 
 
 chanterelle, f. 
 
 the year, 
 
 \ Vannee. 
 
 Safe, 
 
 coffre de sarete, m. 
 
 "Weekly part, 
 
 livraison hebdomadaire. 
 
 Cents, 
 
 cents. 
 
 In all, 
 
 en tout. 
 
 Corsican, 
 
 Corse. 
 
 Besides, 
 
 outre. 
 
 St. Helena, 
 
 Sainte Helene. 
 
 Also, 
 
 aussi. 
 
 Comb, 
 
 peigne, m. 
 
 
 
 Brush, 
 
 brosse, f. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 Fan, 
 
 eventail, m. 
 
 To cut, 
 
 couper. 
 
 Courier, 
 
 courrier. 
 
 To help, 
 
 aider. 
 
 Mile, 
 
 mille, m. 
 
 To pay out, 
 
 compter. 
 
 Partner, 
 
 associe. 
 
 To issue, 
 
 distribuer. 
 
 Inhabitant, 
 
 habitant, m. 
 
 To have just, 
 
 venir de. 
 
 
 
 To efface, 
 
 effacer. 
 
 There they are, 
 
 les voild. 
 
 To add, 
 
 ajouter. 
 
 Here they are, 
 
 les void. 
 
 To crown, 
 
 couronner. 
 
 Moreover, 
 
 encore. 
 
 To have to, 
 
 avoir a. 
 
 Yes we did, 
 
 si fait 
 
 To lose, 
 
 perdre. 
 
 Something, 
 
 quelque chose. 
 
 To include, 
 
 comprendre. 
 
 Yiz., namely, 
 
 savoir. 
 
 To contain, 
 
 renfermer. 
 
 
 NO. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 
 use of I" avoir, there to be, 
 
 ( TIME AXD 
 IN PHRASES RELATING TO J D CR 
 
 TIME. 
 
 The different tenses of the verb to be, accompanied by the adverb there, are ex- 
 pressed in French by those of y avoir, as : 
 
 There is a one-dollar note on the mantel- II y a un biUet d } un dollar surlacheminle. 
 
 piece. 
 There are two two-dollar notes in my II y a deux billets de deux dollars dans 
 
 vest-pocket. la poche de mon gilet. 
 
 In these and analogous cases, the verb must be used in the singular fn French, 
 whether it be in the singular or plural in English ; but the impersonal il y a, cannot 
 be rendered into English by there is, there are, when it is used in reply to the ques- 
 tion : How long is it since ? which question must itself be rendered by : Combien 
 de temps y a-t-il que, &c. ? or, Combien y a-t-il que, &c. ? 
 How long is it since you breakfasted ? Combien y a-t-il que vous avez dejeune ? 
 
 It is long since, &c, is therefore rendered by, H y a longtemps que, &c. 
 EXAMPLES. 
 It is long since I dined. U y a longtemps que fai dine. 
 
 It is a great while since. H y a tres longtemps. 
 
TABtJLAK SYSTEM. 55 
 
 Tt is a short time since. Hy a peu de temps. 
 
 It is a year since. II y aun an. 
 
 It is only a year since. II n'y a qu'un an. 
 
 It is more than a year since. II y a plies dun an. 
 
 It is hardly six months since. II y a a peine six mois. 
 
 A week ago. I H y a huit jours. 
 
 A week since. ) * J 
 
 The'Ifbvvhou^s : \ n V* ! uel * ues heures - 
 
 Half an hour ago. ) r; , . , 
 
 This half hour. \ II V a une demi-heure. 
 
 Two years ago. ) r , , 
 
 These I two years. \ H V a deux ana. 
 
 A fortnight ago. II y a quinze jours. 
 
 use op I" avoir. 
 
 In English, the state of existence or of action, when in its duration, is always 
 expressed in the perfect tense, while in French it is expressed by the present tense, 
 in phrases of the following nature : 
 
 Have you been long in France ? Y a-t-il longtemps que vous etes en France ? 
 
 For: Have you been long in France? implies that you are still there; say then 
 in French, que vous etes, and not que vous avez ete, which would mean that you are 
 no longer at the place. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 V II y a trois ans quHl est a Paris. 
 
 He has been in Paris these three 
 years. 
 
 I have been working here these ) ri , . . .„ . . 
 
 ._ n ran ° \ lly a deux ans que je travaille ici. 
 
 two yGcirs. \ 
 
 HO hors 1 e ? ng haVe y ° U had ^ | ComUen y M V ue vous avez ce clxemVm 
 
 Depuis quand ? 
 
 How long ? (since what time ?) may also be rendered by dtpuis quand (sinca when). 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Q. How long has he been here ? Depuis quand est-il ici ? 
 
 A. These two days. Depuis deux jours. 
 
 Q. How long have you been reading ? Depuis quand lisez-vous f 
 A. This hour and a half. Depuis une heure et demie. 
 
 use of Y* avoir* 
 
 Suppression of PAS. 
 
 The phrase, I spoke to him six months ago, would be rendered thus: Je lui ai 
 parte it y a six mois. And the phrase, It is six months since I spoke to him, would 
 be rendered thus : II y a six mois que je NE lui ai parte. 
 
56 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 The meaning of. It is six months since I spoke to him, is evidently, I have not 
 spoken to him these six months. When a negative turn can be given to the Eng- 
 lish sentence, the French use ne, but suppress pas. 
 
 Examine the following phrases : 
 
 Negative turn. 
 
 1. How long is it since you tasted cof- Tou have not tasted coffee for how long 
 fee ? a time ? 
 
 2. It is three months since I tasted any. I have not tasted any these three 
 
 months. 
 
 3. Since I wrote to him France has be- I have not written to him for some time, 
 come an empire. during which France has become an 
 
 empire. 
 
 Hence the French construction of the above phrases is : 
 
 1. Combien y a-t-il que vous Navez gouts de cafet 
 
 2. By a trois mois queje Wen ai goute. 
 
 3. Depuis que je NE lui ai ecrit, la France est devenue empire. 
 
 The above construction commonly takes place after Depuis que and T avoir, fol- 
 lowed by a definite period of time, and when the French verb is in the past tense. 
 In the present, pas is used, as : 
 
 I have tasted no coffee these three It y a trois mois que je ne goute pas de 
 months, or, cafe. 
 
 It is three months since I taste no cof- Also, Je %' ai pas goute de cafe depuis 
 fee. trois mois, or, Je ne goute pas de cafp 
 
 depuis trois mois. 
 
 Since I do not write to him France has Depuis que je ne lui ecris pas, la France 
 become an empire. est devenue empire. 
 
 DISTANCE. 
 II y a is also used to mark distance, as : 
 
 It is one hundred and forty-four miles II y a cent quar ante- quo.tr e milles de New 
 from New York to Albany, or, New York a. Albany. 
 York is one hundred and forty-four 
 miles from Albany. 
 
 Combien. 
 How far ? is expressed by combien de distance ? or simply combien ? 
 Ex. How far is it from Paris to London ? Combien y a-t-il de Paris a Londres ? 
 
 "We might also translate, Quelle distance y a-t-il de Paris a Londres t 
 
 «« 1 It the house of * cte ' From the hon » ° f - 
 
 From my house to their house. De chez moi chez eux. 
 
 From thy house to his house. De chez toi chez lui. 
 
 Chez meaning "To or at the house of," and requiring to be followed by the ap- 
 propriate personal pronoun used after a preposition, as : Go home. Allez chez tons. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 57 
 
 JusqiCoil. 
 
 How far ? when its place can be supplied by, To what distance ? is rendered by 
 jmqu'ou, which may bo rendered literally, to where t 
 
 Q. How far did they go? Jusqu'ou sont-ils alles ? 
 
 A. They went as far as the barracks. lis sent alles jusqu'd la caserne. 
 
 There is 
 There are 
 
 NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORMS. 
 
 l.Aff. I t \ya.\ |g£&« Il\ V ena\ 
 
 2. Neg. Ilri 1 \ y a \ pas. There is not. Tin 1 \ y en a \ pas. There is none. 
 
 3. Int. | y a | -t-il? Is there? \ y en a \ -t-ilf Is there any?' 
 
 4. Int. neg. jV' | y a \ -t-il pas? Is there not? A 7 "' | y en a \ -t-il pas? Is there none? 
 
 APPLICATION". 
 
 PLACE — TIME. 
 QUESTION. ANSWER. 
 
 1. There is one franc in the drawer, is There are two in the drawer and one in 
 
 there not? the purse. 
 
 2. How many francs are there in a dol- There are five francs and seven sous. 
 
 lar? 
 
 3. "Was there not a three-dollar bill in There were no bills in my pocket-book ; 
 
 your pocket-book ? there were some in your brother's 
 
 when I opened it an hour ago. 
 
 4. How many centimes are there in one There are one hundred centimes in one 
 
 franc ? franc. 
 
 Etudier sa lecon et la reciter a son maitre.* 
 
 5. "Were there many ladies at the ball There were at least three hundred; 
 
 last Monday evening ? there will be more next Tuesday. 
 
 * To study one's lesson and recite it to one's master. Phrases of this nature are now append- 
 ed to each slip and copied on the black-board, for the purpose of exercising the pupil on the dif- 
 ferent tenses of verbs. If called upon to put this phrase through the indicative present, he 
 3 as follows : 
 
 • J'etudie ma lecon etje la recite dmon maitre. 
 Tu etudies la leQon et tit la recites d ton maitre. 
 II etudie sa lecon, et il la recited- son maitre. 
 Elle etudie sa lecon et elle la recite d son maitre. 
 On etudie sa lecon et on la recite d son maitre. 
 Nous etudions notre, lecon et nous la recitons d notre maitre. 
 Voits etudies votre lecon et vows la recites d votre maitre. 
 Us etudient leur lecon. et Us la recitent d leur maitre. 
 Elles etudient leur lecon et elles la recitent d leur maitre. 
 
58 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 6. "Would there not have been more There would have been a great many 
 
 ladies at his concert, if he had given more ; there would have been more 
 it on Monday instead of Tuesday ? than nine hundred. 
 
 7. Is it true there has been a duel? There has been none this afternoon; 
 
 there was one this morning; last 
 week there were two on Wednesday 
 
 Rencontrer un ami et lui souhaiterle bonjour. 
 
 8. Did you go to the park last night ? 
 
 9. There is money in your pocket-book ; 
 
 why do you not buy the books you 
 want? 
 
 10. Would there not be more discipline 
 in the regiment if there were better 
 officers ? 
 
 I did ; there were handsome fire-works. 
 
 Although there is money in it, I do not 
 dare to spend it. If there is any in 
 yours, lend me some. 
 
 Let there be better officers and there 
 will be more discipline ; there will be 
 order and regularity in the service. 
 
 Etudier une science et Tapprofondir. 
 
 11. Will there be a good harvest this There will be a very abundant one. 
 
 year? 
 
 12. "Was there not a fire last night? There were two last night. 
 
 13. How many engines were there at There were only five ; there would have 
 the fire? been more than twenty, if there had 
 
 been more firemen in the city. 
 
 Aimer Dieu et le benir. 
 
 - 
 
 14. Is there any money in your pocket- 
 book? 
 
 15. Are there no newspapers in your 
 coat-pocket ? 
 
 There is none in my pocket-book ; there 
 are ten francs on the mantel-piece in 
 my bed-room, and there is some change 
 in my pantaloons-pocket ; there may be 
 some in my vest-pocket. 
 
 There are none now, although there were 
 some in it an hour ago. 
 
 Emprunter un livre et le rendre. 
 
 16. How long is it since you dined ? It is hardly three hours since I dined. 
 
 17. Is it long since she breakfasted? It is a great while since she breakfasted, 
 
 but we breakfasted a short time since. 
 
 18. How long is it since your partner It is hardly a week since. 
 
 received this letter from my lawyer ? 
 
 19. How long is it since they bought It is a great while since; it is more than 
 this music ? eleven years since. 
 
 Descendre a la cave et y Hirer du vin. 
 
 20. How long had they had the vessel They had had it hardly six months : we 
 when it was seized ? had had ours only a fortnight when it 
 
 was seized. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 59 
 
 21. Is it long since he began studying It is not more than one year since. His 
 French ? brother speaks French, does he not ? 
 
 22. Is it long since you were introduced It is only a month since. 
 to him ? 
 
 Vider son verre, le remplir et en repandre le vin. 
 
 23. Were you not here a moment ago ? I have been here this half hour. 
 
 24. "Were you not here a few hours ago ? I was here half an hour ago ; your ser- 
 
 vants have been here these two hours. 
 
 25. "Were not those gentlemen in Rus- No, sir, they were in France six years ago, 
 
 sia six years ago ? and they have been in the United States 
 
 these five years. 
 
 Recevoir des marchandises et les vendre. 
 
 26. When were your sisters in Eng- They were there twelve years ago. 
 land? 
 
 27 They were in Paris two years ago, No, they never went to Paris, although 
 were they not ? they were very desirous of going there 
 
 two years ago. 
 
 28. At what o'clock did the pupils rise They rose at half-past six a month ago , 
 
 a month ago ? two months ago they rose at a quarter 
 
 past five. 
 
 Devoir de V argent et ne pas payer. 
 
 29. Would you not have received these I should have received mine less than a 
 goods six weeks ago, if there had week ago, and your brother would have 
 been a steamboat on the river ? received his a fortnight ago. 
 
 30. "Was not your uncle's physician here He was here an hour and a half ago; he 
 
 a few hours ago ? told me he had written to you a week 
 
 ago. 
 
 Alter a la ville ou y envoyer quelqu'un. 
 
 31. How long have you been waiting I have been waiting for you nearly two 
 
 for me ? hours. 
 
 32. How long has your son been in He has been in Paris these two years. 
 Paris ? 
 
 33. How long has your son been here ? These three years. 
 
 34. Where did he embark for this port ? He embarked at Havre three weeks ago ; 
 
 as you see he has not been long on 
 shore. 
 
 35. How long have you been walking? We have been walking these three hours. 
 
 Cacheter une lettre et V envoyer d la poste. 
 
 36. That lad says he has been studying He says that although he has been study- 
 . his lesson one hour ; does he know ing it little more than an hour, he does 
 
 it now ? not know more than half a page of it. 
 
60 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 37. How long had the pupils been draw- 
 ing when you came in? 
 
 When I came in they had been drawing 
 more than one hour and a half. Your 
 brother had been drawing only half an 
 hour. 
 
 Se promener parce qu on.s' ennuie. 
 
 38. 
 
 30. 
 
 40. 
 
 41. 
 
 Have you been learning drawing 
 long? 
 
 Had you not been studying more 
 than two hours when I called you? 
 
 Has your nephew been studying 
 Spanish long ? 
 
 It will be two months the day after to- 
 morrow. My cousin had been learning 
 two months when I began. 
 
 We had been studying two hours and a 
 quarter when you called us. You 
 called us ten minutes ago, did you not ? 
 
 He has not ; he has not been studying 
 it more than three months and a half. 
 
 Etudier une lecon et la ripeter. 
 
 How long had your brother been 
 sleeping when his servant awaken- 
 ed him? 
 
 42. How long has your neighbor been 
 
 dead? 
 
 43. When the engines arrived, how long 
 had the house been burning ? 
 
 44. Would not your uncle have been 
 married two years and a half if 
 he had not broken his engage- 
 ment? 
 
 When his servant awakened him he had 
 been sleeping about an hour and a 
 quarter ; they went out together about 
 fifteen minutes ago. 
 
 It was a month yesterday. 
 
 When they arrived it had been burning 
 more than three hours. 
 
 He would have been married four and a 
 half, if he had not broken it. 
 
 Commencer un devoir et ne pas Vachever. 
 
 45. Have you been sick long? I have been sick ten days to-morrow 
 
 46. You are always well here, are you I am very well in this climate ; it is seven 
 
 not? years since I was sick. 
 
 47. How long is it since you dined with It is four or five months since I dined 
 your friend in the country ? with him. It is certainly five months 
 
 since I saw him. 
 
 48. What has happened since you wrote Since I wrote to him he has sold Ins 
 to him ? farm to pay his creditors. 
 
 Conjuguer un verbe et le corriger. 
 
 49. How long is it since you received let- I have not received any these six months ; 
 
 ters from Europe ? to tell the truth, it is very long since I 
 
 wrote. 
 
 50. How long is it since the children It is a week since they tasted any. 
 tasted chocolate ? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 61 
 
 51. Has it not rained continually since It has rained almost every day since you 
 I saw you ? saw me. 
 
 52. How long is it since she spoke to It is more than a fortnight since she spoke 
 her lawyer ? to him, and it is more than a month 
 
 since he wrote to her. 
 S 'en alter a la campagne et s'y promener. 
 
 53. Is it long since the corporals saw the 
 
 colonel of the 4th regiment ? 
 
 54. I am told you received a letter from 
 your niece a week ago ; what does 
 she say about Paris ? 
 
 55. What does your nephew say about 
 Paris ? 
 
 They have not seen him for nearly a 
 year, and it is more than six months 
 since he wrote to them. 
 
 She writes that since she saw Paris, 
 there have been astonishing changes 
 in every part of the city. 
 
 He says that since he has seen Paris 
 London appears very dull to him. 
 S'abandonner a Voisivete, en subir la peine, et s'ew repentir. 
 
 56. Is it long since you ate meat ? 
 
 57. How long is it since you ate any? 
 
 58. You are better since you do not eat 
 
 meat, are you not ? 
 
 59. For how long a time had you not 
 
 tasted meat ? 
 
 j It is several days since I ate meat. 
 ( It is several days since I ate any. 
 
 I have eaten no meat these three days. 
 I have eaten none these three days. 
 
 I am not so well since I do not eat any. 
 
 I had not eaten meat for a week. 
 
 60. 
 
 "Why do you wish to go to town to- 
 day rather than next week ? 
 
 61. 
 
 Because it is very long since I went, 
 and because I wish to see my aunt, 
 whom I have not heard from these six 
 weeks. 
 Cueillir une rose et Voffrir a sa mere. 
 
 DISTANCE. 
 
 How far is it from New York to It is more than two hundred miles. 
 Washington ? 
 
 It is : it is very far. 
 
 It is almost one hundred and fifty miles 
 from there to Vienna. 
 
 It is farther from Orleans to Paris than 
 from Paris to Blois. 
 
 Is it far from here to Berlin ? 
 Is it far from there to Vienna ? 
 
 64. Is it farther from Paris to Blois than 
 from Orleans to Paris ? 
 
 Perdre une place et en obtenir une autre. 
 
 It is little less than sixty miles. 
 
 Some say it is 240 miles, it is, however, 
 250, if not farther. 
 
 From Paris to London it is nearly 200 
 miles. 
 
 68. How far is it from your house to It is five miles from my house to yours, 
 mine? 
 
 69. Is it far from thy house to his ? It is about a quarter of a mile. 
 
 65. Is West Point far from New York? 
 
 66. Can you tell me how far Providence 
 is from Philadelphia? 
 
 67. What is the distance from Paris to 
 
 London ? 
 
62 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 TO. It is not very far from his house to 
 hers, is it? 
 
 It is not farther from his to hers than 
 from mine to yours. 
 
 Aller a la campagne, s*y divertir et en revenir content 
 
 71. 
 
 12. 
 
 13. 
 
 Do they say it is farther from 
 London to Plymouth than from Lon- 
 don to Liverpool ? 
 
 Tell me how far it is from here to 
 your uncle's. 
 
 Can it be over nine miles? I 
 thought it was not quite eight 
 miles. 
 
 They say Plymouth is a long distance frcm 
 London; nearly 300 miles; neverthe- 
 less it may be more. 
 
 It maybe nine miles and a half; it may be 
 more, it may be less ; I do not know 
 exactly. 
 
 It is over five miles to my house, and you 
 know that my house is not half way. 
 
 ^aire une pramesse et ne pas la tenir. 
 
 No. XIX. 
 
 VERBS REFLECTED IN FRENCH AND NOT IN ENGLISH, AND USE OF 
 THE PAST TENSE. 
 
 A great difficulty is created by the fact that many verbs are used in the reflected 
 form in French, while the English verb does not admit of this form. A list of 
 these verbs (149 in number) is given at p. 90 of Levizac's Grammar, but with the 
 omission of the prepositions these verbs require, differing frequently from "the pre- 
 position used in English. This deficiency is supplied by the instructor, and the 
 list memorized. 
 
 For the practical application of these verbs, they have been combined with the 
 Use of the Past Tense, another difficulty the learner has to encounter almost at the 
 outset. The principles that are to govern the student in the somewhat perplexing 
 use of the past tenses of the indicative, being explained and understood, the fol- 
 lowing set of exercises, it is deemed, will serve to ground liim in their correct ap- 
 plication in every instance. 
 
 S'dbstenir de. 
 
 Sefdcher -j 
 
 contre. 
 avec. 
 
 Se fdehcr de. 
 Se brouitter. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 1. During Napoleon's reign, They were not in the habit of 
 
 abstaining from levying 
 very heavy ones. Napo- 
 leon was always offended 
 with them when they did 
 not. 
 
 He did, my mother got angry 
 at it also. 
 
 He got angry with every- 
 body ; we fell out about an 
 hour ago. 
 
 were the marshals of the em- 
 pire in the habit of abstain- 
 ing from levying contribu- 
 tions in an enemy's country ? 
 
 2. Did not your father get angry 
 at that yesterday ? 
 
 3. Did not the general get angry 
 at you this morning ? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 63 
 
 S'empresser de. 
 
 Se hdter de. 
 
 Se determiner d. 
 
 Se vanter. 
 S'enrhumer. 
 
 4. Whenever he went out, were 
 you not always eager to give 
 him his cloak, gloves, and 
 cane? 
 
 5. Last month those men hast- 
 ened to pay their debts, did 
 they not? 
 
 6. I have been told they resolv- 
 ed to pay them this morning; 
 were you not told the same 
 thing? 
 
 1. You always used to boast 
 you would never catch cold 
 in this climate ; you caught 
 cold this morning, however ; 
 how is that ? 
 
 Se plaindre de. 8. Why did you go out so early ? 
 
 Se plaire a. 
 
 Se glisser. 
 
 Se mefier de. 
 
 Se determiner a. 
 
 S'evanouir. 
 
 S'endormir. 
 
 S'enivrer. 
 S'envoler. 
 
 9. When you were in Paris, did 
 you not often go to the Tuiler- 
 ies? 
 
 10. How did that child creep 
 into this barrel? 
 
 11. He says the sugar he lost 
 consisted of twenty barrels ; 
 but, tell me, do you not mis- 
 trust what he says ? 
 
 12. At what o'clock did you de- 
 termine to set out ? 
 
 13. When she lived in that coun- 
 try, did she faint as often as 
 she does in this ? 
 
 14. You say that young man 
 fell asleep after fainting ; you 
 also say he fainted to-day, do 
 you not? 
 
 15. Did not your servant get in- 
 toxicated very often last win- 
 ter? 
 
 We were always eager to do 
 so; he generally had his 
 gloves in his pocket. 
 
 They did ; they paid them as 
 soon as the bank was open, 
 on the thirtieth. 
 
 I was told the same thing; 
 to tell you the truth, I know 
 they hastened to pay them 
 all this morning. 
 
 I caught cold this morning 
 because I went out too 
 early, with only a thin coat 
 on. 
 
 I went out early to complain 
 of what my servant did last 
 night. 
 
 We used to take great de- 
 light in going there. 
 
 I don't know how he crept 
 into it, I did not see him 
 get into it. 
 
 I did at first, I do not now. 
 
 I determined to set out about 
 an hour and a half ago. 
 How late is it now ? 
 
 She fainted regularly twice 
 
 I say he fainted to-day, but 
 I do not say he fell asleep 
 immediately after fainting ; 
 he fell asleep an hour ago. 
 
 He did, he ased to get in- 
 toxicated every morning, 
 and whenever he opened 
 the cages to feed the birds, 
 one or two generally flew 
 away. 
 
64 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Semporter contre. 
 Se lever. 
 
 Se couclier. 
 
 Se bonifier. 
 
 S'adoucir. 
 
 S'enrichir. 
 
 S'agenouiller. 
 Se moquer de. 
 S } empecher de. 
 
 Se depecher de. 
 
 Se fondre. 
 
 Se marier. 
 
 S'apercevoir. 
 S'obstiner a. 
 
 16. Why did you fly in a pas- 
 sion with your sister when 
 you got up this morning? 
 
 17. At what time did you usu- 
 ally go to bed, when you were 
 boarding in the country ? 
 
 18. That wine was yery indif- 
 ferent for two years; fiye 
 years ago it grew suddenly 
 much better. It is better 
 than the wine you bought 
 this year, is it not ? 
 
 19. When you came here ten 
 years ago, were not the win- 
 ters already growing milder ? 
 
 20. How did that merchant 
 grow so rich this year? How 
 many ships did he own last 
 year ? 
 
 21. Whenever I knelt down you 
 laughed at me ; why did you 
 do that ? 
 
 22. When you saw 'William and 
 James yesterday morning, 
 why did you not make haste 
 to speak to them ? 
 
 23. Formerly the snows on these 
 mountains usually melted be- 
 fore the end of May ; did 
 they not ? 
 
 24. "Where did your father mar- 
 ry : here or in France ? 
 
 25. He. generally stopped read- 
 ing whenever he perceived 
 that I was listening to him, 
 did he not ? 
 
 I did not fly in a passion with 
 my sister : I flew in a pas- 
 sion with my servant, who 
 got intoxicated last night, 
 
 •, and who was still so when 
 I got up. 
 
 In summer we went to bed 
 at half-past eight ; in win- 
 ter we usually went to bed 
 at ten; we never sat up 
 yery late. 
 
 The wine I bought this 
 morning will improve with 
 time ; yours grew suddenly 
 better, why should not 
 mine ? 
 
 Tbey were very severe when 
 I came here: they have 
 grown very mild within 
 three or four years. 
 
 Eeally, I don't know. Last 
 year his property consisted 
 of two ships : he now has 
 more than eighty. 
 
 I could not help laughing, 
 you looked so funny. 
 
 They were walking so fast 
 that I could not overtake 
 them. 
 
 They usually melted about 
 the beginning of June ; now 
 they do not melt before the 
 beginning of August: last 
 year they melted in the 
 month of April. 
 
 He married neither here nor 
 in France ; he married in 
 England : he has been mar- 
 ried fifteen years. 
 
 He not only stopped, but he 
 persisted in not continuing ■ 
 he was a queer fellow. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 65 
 
 Se mutiner. 
 
 Se lever. 
 
 Se rappeler de. 
 
 S'asseoir. 
 Se sauver. 
 S'esquiver. 
 
 S'abonner a. 
 
 S'abonner a. 
 
 Se promener en 
 
 bateau. 
 Se promener d 
 
 cheval. 
 Se promener en 
 
 voiture. 
 Se promener en 
 
 traineau. 
 
 Se refugier aupres 
 
 de. 
 Se retirer de. 
 
 26. Did not the crew cf that 
 vessel mutiny six months 
 ago? 
 
 27. At what time did you com- 
 monly rise when you were in 
 France ? 
 
 28. When you saw your bro- 
 ther-in-law this morning, did 
 you remember to tell him 
 what I told you last night ? 
 
 29. Just as you were sitting 
 down, two or three men look- 
 ed in at the door and then ran 
 away; you did not see them, 
 did you ? 
 
 30. When you lived in Paris, 
 were you not in the habit of 
 subscribing to every paper 
 that was published, good, 
 bad, or indifferent ? 
 
 31. What paper did you sub- 
 scribe to last summer ? 
 
 32. How did you spend your 
 time when you were in St. 
 Petersburg? 
 
 33. Were you not absent when 
 those patriots took refuge 
 with us ? 
 
 Somebody told me they did. 
 I have been told they mu- 
 tinied again to-day. 
 
 We commonly rose at seven, 
 we breakfasted at nine, wo 
 dined at five, and at seven, 
 after a walk, we went to 
 the theatre. 
 
 I saw him, but I did not re- 
 collect what you told me. 
 What did you tell me? Tell 
 me again. 
 
 Yes, I did; one was small, 
 the other was tall ; both had 
 red flannel shirts on. I ran 
 to the door immediately and 
 
 > saw them steal away down 
 a blind alley. 
 
 Not at all ; I only subscribed 
 to those that upheld the 
 government. 
 
 I did not subscribe to any 
 paper : whenever I wanted 
 to read the papers, I borrow- 
 ed them from my friends. 
 
 In summer we generally took 
 a sail in the morning, at two 
 o'clock we rode on horse- 
 back or in a carriage; in 
 winter we rode out in a 
 two-horse sleigh. 
 
 I was ; I had withdrawn from 
 business : I was living in 
 the country. 
 
66 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 NO. XX. 
 
 Difference between French and English Prepositions. 
 
 There being perhaps nothing in the study of the French language more embar- 
 rassing for the learner than the correct use of prepositions, when connecting verbs 
 with an object or with other verbs, for the purposes of instruction and accurate ap- 
 plication, we have broken the subject into the following heads, viz. : 
 
 1. Yerbs and Adjectives requiring before the object a preposition different from 
 the preposition which generally corresponds with it in English. 
 
 2. Yerbs requiring a preposition after them in English and none in French. 
 
 3. Yerbs requiring no preposition in English and requiring one in French. 
 
 4. Yerbs and adjectives requiring de before the Infinitive which follows them. 
 
 5. Yerbs and adjectives requiring a before the Infinitive which follows them. 
 
 6. Yerbs requiring no preposition before the Infinitive which follows them. 
 
 The learner being made to memorize and apply successively the lists comprising 
 the above nomenclature, he will naturally acquire facility in the use of French prep- 
 ositions, and, what is very important, he will be enabled to render them under- 
 stand ingly when occurring in any French text. 
 
 NO. 1. — LIST OF VERBS AND ADJECTIVES REQUIRING BEFORE THE OBJECT A PREPOSI- 
 TION DIFFERENT FROM THE PREPOSITION CORRESPONDING- WITH IT IN ENGLISH. 
 
 To agree about. 
 To carry about. 
 To discourse about. 
 To inquire about. 
 To thirst after. 
 To blush at, with. 
 To grieve at. 
 To laugh at. 
 To laugh at. 
 To rejoice at. 
 To smile on, upon. 
 To smile with. 
 To gain by. 
 To get by. 
 To profit by. 
 To answer for. 
 To blame for. 
 To bless for. 
 To care for. 
 To chastise for. 
 To console for. 
 To design for. 
 To grieve for. 
 To pity for. 
 To praise for. 
 To provide for. 
 To punish for. 
 
 Convenir de. 
 Porter sur. 
 Dlscourir de. 
 S' informer de. 
 Eire alike de. 
 Rougir de. 
 S'affliger de. 
 Eire de. 
 Se moquer de. 
 Se rejouir de. 
 Sour ire a. 
 Sour ire de. 
 Gagner d. 
 Gagner a. 
 Profiter de. 
 Repondre de. 
 Bldmer de. 
 Benir de. 
 Se soucier de. 
 Chdtier de. 
 Consoler de. 
 Destiner a. 
 S'affligcr de. 
 Plaindre de. 
 Louer de. 
 Pourvoir a. 
 Punir de. 
 
 To be sufficient for. 
 To thank for. 
 To borrow from. 
 To conceal from. 
 To escape 
 
 (from a place). 
 To escape — 
 from the memory, 
 (words l'r. a person), 
 (to happen to say), 
 
 Suffire a. 
 Remercier de. 
 Emprunter a. 
 Caclier a. 
 S'echapper de. 
 
 echapper a. 
 
 tchapper d une per* 
 sonne de dire une chose. 
 
 To hear a person say. Ou'ir dire a. 
 
 To take from a person, oter a. 
 
 To take off is oter and oter de ; also 
 de dessus. 
 
 To take away from. 
 To acquiesce in. 
 To be interested in. 
 To delight in. 
 To glory in. 
 To pride in. 
 To ask of. 
 To think of 
 
 (memory). 
 To think of 
 
 (opinion). 
 To take pity on. 
 
 Prendre a. 
 Acquiescer d. 
 S'intiresserd. 
 Se plaire a. 
 Se glorifier de. 
 Senorgueillir de, 
 Demander d. 
 Penser d. 
 
 Penser de. 
 
 Avoir pitie de. 
 
 \ 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 67 
 
 To play on. Jouer de. 
 
 To triumph over. Triompher de. 
 
 To pretend to. Se piquer de. 
 
 To agree upon. Convenir de. 
 
 To call upon. Passer chez. 
 To congratulate upon Filiciter de. 
 
 To depend upon. Dependre de. 
 
 To feed upon. 
 To overawe. 
 To impose upon. 
 To live upon. 
 To prevail upon. 
 
 To seize upon. 
 To smile upon. 
 
 Se nourrir de. 
 
 En imposer cL 
 
 Vivre de. 
 
 Persuader a unep. 
 Se saisir de. 
 S'emparer de. 
 Sourire a une p. 
 
 y Se defaire de. 
 
 To take upon one's self. Se charger de. 
 To abound with. Abonder en. 
 To adorn with. Orner de. 
 
 To amuse with. Amuser de. 
 
 To arm one's self with S'armer de. 
 To bathe with. Baigner de. 
 
 To charge with. Accuser de. 
 To compare with. Comparer a. 
 
 To comply with. 
 To cover with. 
 
 Conde^cendre a. 
 Conscntlr a. 
 Couvrir de. 
 
 To cover one's self ) ~ _ ,„ . , 
 }- Se couvrir de. 
 with. J 
 
 To dispense with. \Djmnser de 
 
 ( Se dispenser de. 
 
 To die with. Mourir de. 
 
 To do with. Faire de. 
 
 To embellish with. Embellir de. 
 
 To endue with. Douer de. 
 
 To inflame with. Enfiammer de. 
 
 To feed with Nourrir de. 
 
 To fill with. Remplir de. 
 
 To glut with. Assouvir de. 
 
 To load with. Charger de. 
 
 To meddle with. Se meter de. 
 
 To overwhelm with. Accabler de. 
 de.To part with. 
 To get rid of. 
 
 To perish with. Perir de. 
 
 To prevail upon Persuader a une p. 
 
 a person to do, &c. defaire, &c. 
 
 To be persuaded of, ) _ , , , 
 
 „ h Etre persuade de. 
 
 To provide, furnish \ Fmrnir ^ 
 
 with. S 
 
 To refresh with. Se rafralchir de. 
 
 To set with. Gamir de. 
 
 To sport with. Se jouer de. 
 
 To store with. Munir de. 
 
 To swarm with. Fourmiller de. 
 
 To tax with. Taxer de. 
 
 To threaten with. Menacer de. 
 
 To tire with. Ennuyer de. 
 
 To do without. Se passer de. 
 
 ADJECTIVES AXD PAST PARTICIPLES USED AS ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Concerned about. \ 
 Uneasy about. ) 
 Easy about. 
 
 Angry, 
 
 at a per- 
 son. 
 
 offended, 
 
 vexed, 
 
 Angry, 
 
 offended, 
 
 vexed, ) 
 
 To be astonished at. 
 
 To be exasperated at, 
 
 To be scandalized at. 
 
 To be surprised at. 
 To be followed by. 
 To be preceded by. 
 To be fit for. 
 To be good for. 
 To be obliored for. 
 
 Inquiet de. 
 TranquiUe sur. 
 
 Fache contre. 
 
 at a thins: Fache de. 
 
 Etre etonne dc. 
 ,Etre outre de. 
 Etre scandalise de. 
 
 (Se scandaliser de.) 
 Etre surpris de. 
 Etre suivi de. 
 Etre precede de. 
 Etre propre a. 
 Etre bon a. 
 Etre oblige a unep. de. 
 
 To be angry with ) 
 a person. ) 
 
 To be animated with. 
 
 To be armed with. 
 
 To be charmed with. 
 
 To be contented with. 
 
 To be delighted with. 
 
 To be disgusted with. 
 
 To be displeased [ 
 with. J 
 
 To be in love with. 
 
 To be moved with. 
 
 To be overjoyed with. 
 
 To be pleased with. 
 
 To be provided with. 
 
 To be puffed up with 
 
 To be satiated with. 
 To be satisfied with. 
 
 Etre f ache contre 
 
 Etre anime de. 
 Etre arme de. 
 Etre charme de. 
 Etre content de. 
 Etre charme de. 
 Etre degoute de. 
 
 Etre mecontent de. 
 
 Etre amoureux de. 
 Etre touche de. 
 Etre ravi dc. 
 Etre content de. 
 Etre pourvu de. 
 \ Etre bouffi de. 
 ( Etre enfle de. 
 Etre rassasie de. 
 Etre satiifait de. 
 
 \ 
 
6S 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 To be sorry for. Eire fdche de. 
 To be dexterous in. Etre adroit a. 
 
 T °ed e by Sily affeCt * 1 Etre sensiUe d ' 
 To be acquainted 1 
 
 with. >• Etre connu de. 
 
 To be known by. ) 
 
 To be struck with. Etre frappe de. 
 
 To be surrounded ? r , , , , 
 • t n > Etre cntoure de. 
 
 To be taken up with. Etre occupe de. 
 To be tormented with. Etre tourmente de. 
 
 T °wUh tranSP ° rted [ Eire transported* 
 
 List No. 1. 
 
 To agree about. 
 
 To carry about. 
 
 To discourse about. 3. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 -Difference between French and English Prepositions, 
 questions. answers. 
 
 1. Tou had already agreed "We had not ; we could not. 
 about that when we met 
 
 you, had you not ? 
 
 2. Do you always carry so 
 much money about you ? 
 "What affairs will the sena- 
 tors discourse about? 
 
 To inquire about. 
 
 To talk about. 
 
 To inquire after. 
 
 To thirst after. 
 
 To blush with. 
 
 To grieve at. 
 
 To laugh at. 
 
 To laugh at. 
 To quiz. 
 To make fun of 
 To make game of. 
 
 To rejoice at. 
 To smile upon. 
 To smile with. 
 To gain by. 
 To get by. 
 To profit by. 
 
 intend to in- 
 your friend's 
 
 4. Do you not 
 quire about 
 health ? 
 
 5. Gentlemen, please to tell 
 me what you are talking 
 about. 
 
 6. When you write, do you in- 
 tend inquiring after the cap- 
 tain ? 
 
 1. Did not that tyrant thirst 
 after the blood of his sub- 
 jects ? 
 
 8. If he had done that, would 
 he not have blushed with 
 shame ? 
 
 9. Although you grieve at 
 that, nobody seems to pity 
 
 10. What were you all laughing 
 at? 
 
 11. Do not make fun of others, 
 and nobody will make fun 
 of you. 
 
 12. Did not the orator smile 
 upon the assembly when he 
 perceived the members re- 
 joicing at the success of his 
 speech ? 
 
 13. What do you expect to gain 
 
 I sometimes carry a great 
 deal more about me. 
 
 They will discourse about 
 what they were discours- 
 ing yesterday. 
 
 I have already inquired about 
 it ; he is better. 
 
 We are talking about an af- 
 fair which greatly concerns 
 you. 
 
 As he never inquires after 
 me, I do not intend to in. 
 quire after him. 
 
 He did: it is said he died 
 tormented with remorse. 
 
 He would, and all his friends 
 would have grieved at it. 
 
 Nobody pities me because I 
 am not acquainted here. 
 
 We were laughing at what 
 you said this morning. 
 
 I have been here these six 
 months, and I have never 
 made fun of anybody, al- 
 though everybody makes 
 fun of me. 
 
 He did; his enemies were 
 smiling also, but they 
 were smiling with con- 
 tempt. 
 
 I do not expect to gain any 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 69 
 
 To answer for. by blaming so frequently 
 
 To blame for. your workmen for speaking 
 
 To bless for. to their neighbors ? 
 
 To care for. 14. You cannot answer for their 
 
 To chastise for. conduct then ; or rather you 
 
 To console for. do not care to answer for it. 
 
 To design for. 15. What is that lady grieving 
 
 To grieve for. for? 
 
 To pity for. 16. Is not the congregation 
 pitied for the loss ? 
 
 To praise for. 17. 
 
 To provide for. 
 To punish for. 
 
 To be sufficient for. 18. 
 
 To thank for. 
 
 To borrow from. 19. 
 
 To conceal from. 
 
 20. 
 
 To escape 21. 
 
 (from a place), 
 
 (the memory or 22. 
 observation). 
 
 To hear a person ) 23. 
 
 say. J 
 
 To take from. 24. 
 
 Do you not think it is wrong 
 to praise those men for their 
 temerity ? 
 
 Is not that sum sufficient for 
 you? 
 
 You need not borrow any 
 from them, my intention is 
 to provide for all your wants ; 
 I will send you some money 
 by to-morrow's mail. 
 Why do you conceal the 
 truth from your friends? 
 
 Is it long since the convict 
 escaped from prison ? 
 
 Do you understand the true 
 sense of that passage? 
 
 Did you not hear my father 
 say that he had paid the sum? 
 Why does that child cry ; is 
 any one taking away his 
 playthings ? 
 
 To take off. 25. Why do you not take the 
 
 water off the fire ? 
 
 To take away from. 26. Has their passport been 
 taken from them ? 
 
 To comply with. 21. Will you not comply with 
 
 To acquiesce in. his request ? 
 
 To be interested in. 28. Are you not interested in 
 his welfare ? 
 
 To delight in. 29. Do you delight in garden- 
 
 ing? 
 
 thing by it ; I know they 
 do not care for what I say ; 
 they do not wish to profit 
 by my advice. 
 
 I cannot, nobody can ; they, 
 will be chastised for their 
 malice. 
 
 She is grieving for the loss 
 of the bells that were de- 
 signed for her church. 
 
 It is very generally ; it is 
 thought however that the 
 loss will soon be provided 
 for. 
 
 Instead of praising them for 
 it, they should be punished 
 for it. 
 
 It is not; nevertheless, I 
 thank you for it. If you 
 cannot lend me a little more 
 money, I shall have to bor- 
 row some from my friends. 
 
 I do not, and I assure you 
 that I never have. 
 
 He escaped from prison 
 more than a week ago. 
 
 I do not ; the true sense has 
 escaped all the translators. 
 
 I heard him say so this after- 
 noon. 
 
 He had been playing for 
 about an hour when his 
 brother came in and took 
 them away from him. 
 
 I do not wi?h to take it off 
 until it boils. 
 
 It has ; it will be returned 
 to-morrow. 
 I cannot. 
 
 I am not. 
 
 I do sometimes. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 To glory in. 
 
 To pride one's 
 self upon. 
 
 To ask money of a 
 
 person. 
 To ask for. 
 
 To think of 
 (memory). 
 
 To think of 
 (opinion). 
 
 To have pity on. 
 To take pity on. 
 
 To play upon. 
 
 To triumph over. 
 To pretend to. 
 To agree upon. 
 
 To call upon. 
 To congratulate 
 upon. 
 
 To depend upon. 
 
 To feed upon. 
 To live upon. 
 
 To impose upon. 
 To overawe. 
 
 To prevail upon. 
 To seize upon. 
 To smile upon. 
 
 To take upon one's 
 self. 
 
 To abound -with. 
 
 30. He glories in his ricbes, 
 does he not ? 
 
 31. They pride them selves upon 
 their birth, do they not ? 
 
 32. He says you are always ask- 
 ing him for money ; is that 
 so? 
 
 33. Have you thought of send- 
 ing your cousin the money 
 he asked for this morning ? 
 I am almost sure you have 
 not. 
 
 34. "What do you think of this 
 pack of quills? 
 
 35. How long is it since food 
 was distributed to the poor ? 
 
 36. "What instruments do your 
 nieces play ? 
 
 37. I have been told that James 
 pretends to generosity, and 
 that he has been often heard 
 to say that if he ever tri- 
 umphed over his enemies, 
 he would pardon them. 
 
 38. You intend to call on Mrs. 
 Blanchard earlier than ten 
 o'clock, do you not ? 
 
 39. Upon whom does that young 
 clerk depend ? 
 
 40 "What do those animals feed 
 upon ? 
 
 41. Did not that orator overawe 
 the assembly by his manly 
 eloquence ? 
 
 42. "What did you mention in 
 your note to the police 
 officer? 
 
 43. Do you take upon yourself 
 to prove the guns ? 
 
 44. France abounds with fruit, 
 does it not ? 
 
 He does. 
 They do not. 
 
 That is not so; I have 
 never asked him for a cent. 
 
 I thought of it once or twice ; 
 is there still time to send 
 it? I am sorry for having 
 forgotten it. 
 
 I think it is strange it should 
 be in my desk. 
 
 It is very long since ; nobody 
 takes pity on them. 
 
 The eldest plays the piano ; 
 the youngest the guitar. 
 
 I never heard it said that he 
 pretended to generosity. I 
 do not think he will ever 
 pardon th.^m, whether he 
 triumph over them or not. 
 
 I intend to call upon her be- 
 fore half-past nine to con- 
 gratulate her on her daugh- 
 ter's marriage. 
 
 He has no salary as yet ; he 
 depends on his old mother. 
 
 They feed upon what they 
 find. 
 
 He did ; after his speech the 
 vote was unanimous. 
 
 I mentioned the necessity 
 of prevailing upon his com- 
 rades to seize upon the sus- 
 pected person wherever 
 they should meet him. 
 
 I do not; Lieutenant Junot 
 will 
 
 It abounds with grapes : 
 much wine is made in 
 France. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 71 
 
 To adorn with. 45. 
 
 To amuse with. 46. 
 
 To arm one's self with.47. 
 To arm with. 
 
 To bathe with. 43. 
 
 To charge with. 49. 
 
 To compare with. 
 
 To comply with. 50. 
 
 To cover with. 51. 
 
 To cover one's self 
 with. 
 
 To die with. 52. 
 
 To die of. 
 
 To dispense with. 53. 
 To do with. 54. 
 
 To embellish with. 55. 
 
 To endow with. 56. 
 
 To inflame with. 
 
 To feed on. 
 
 57. 
 
 To fill with. ' 58. 
 
 To glut with. 59. 
 
 To meddle with. 60. 
 To overwhelm with. 
 
 To part with. 61. 
 
 To get rid of 
 
 Do you not intend to adorn 
 your room with pictures ? 
 
 He charges you with amus- 
 ing him with promises ; is 
 that so? 
 
 Have you armed the sailors 
 with pistols ? 
 
 Was not that woman weep- 
 ing bitterly over her child ? 
 Do you compare this cloth 
 with that ? 
 
 You should not comply 
 with all his caprices ; why 
 do you ? 
 
 You are covered with dust ; 
 brush your clothes. 
 
 "Would not the troops have 
 died with cold if they had 
 remained long in those re- 
 gions ? 
 
 Be so kind as to dispense 
 with my doing that. 
 
 What are they going to do 
 with that man? 
 
 Why do you not embellish 
 your garden with finer flow- 
 ers? 
 
 Why do you act thus ? you 
 do not seem to be endowed 
 with common sense. 
 
 How long is it since you 
 used to feed your dogs on 
 meat? 
 
 What have you filled your 
 glass with ? 
 
 Were you not reading the 
 life of Caligula this morn- 
 ing? 
 
 When you say that the 
 troops returned loaded with 
 booty, you do not tell the 
 truth ; you had better med- 
 dle with your own affairs. 
 How long is it since you got 
 rid of your gray mare ? 
 
 I do ; you do also, do you 
 not? 
 
 It is not so ; we do not speak. 
 
 We have not. We have only 
 pikes. 
 
 She was : we could not con- 
 sole her. 
 
 We compare the blue with 
 the green. 
 
 We do not always. 
 
 Hand me the brush if you 
 are not using it. 
 
 They would ; many had al- 
 ready died of the scurvy. 
 
 I cannot : you ought to have 
 done that an hour ago. 
 
 I suppose he will be con- 
 demned to hard labor. 
 
 1 can only get common ones. 
 
 Were I to act otherwise, 
 everybody would be in- 
 flamed with anger. 
 
 I fed them on meat all last 
 year ; I now feed them on 
 bread, and milk and water. 
 
 I have just filled it with 
 beer. 
 
 I was: he was a monster 
 glutted with carnage. . 
 
 Everybody says they did, 
 and everybody is over- 
 whelmed with shame on 
 account of their abominable 
 conduct. 
 
 I got rid of her two or 
 three months ago; when 
 did you get rid of yours ? 
 
72 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 To perish with. 62. That man's conduct is very It is ; he will perish in want. 
 
 They all say they will not. 
 
 bad, is it not ? 
 
 To prevail upon (a 
 person to do, &c) 
 
 To provide with. 
 To furnish with. 
 
 To refresh with. 
 To set with. 
 To sport with. 
 
 To store with. 
 
 To swarm with. 
 
 To tax with. 
 
 To threaten with. 
 
 To tire with. 
 To do without. 
 
 Concerned about. 
 Uneasy about. 
 
 Greedy after. 
 
 Angry \ 
 Offended V at a per- 
 Vexed ) son - 
 
 Angrj ) at a 
 Offended If** 
 
 Vexed r mg - 
 
 63. Could you not prevail upon 
 your friends to accompany 
 you to the Consul's of- 
 fice? 
 
 64. "Was not the regiment fur- 
 nished with provisions ? 
 
 65. What did you take at the 
 hotel? 
 
 66. "Was not your miniature set 
 with rich diamonds ? 
 
 67. Those men are sporting with 
 your credulity ; you should 
 avoid them. 
 
 68. How long had the fortress 
 been stored with provisions 
 when the major took com- 
 mand of it ? 
 
 69. Do not the roads swarm 
 with robbers ? 
 
 70. With what are the officers 
 taxed? 
 
 71. What is the matter with 
 you ? how pale you look ! 
 
 72. If you can do without your 
 black velvet vest this even- 
 ing, will you lend it me if I 
 should want it ? 
 
 73. His mother is very uneasy 
 about his health, is she not ? 
 
 74. Have not Jews the reputa- 
 tion of being very greedy 
 after riches ? 
 
 75. You are not angry with me 
 for having had that alder 
 cut down, are you ? 
 
 76. What are you vexed at? 
 
 The whole army was fur- 
 nished with provisions for 
 a six months' campaign. 
 
 We refreshed ourselves with 
 a glass of wine and water. 
 
 It was set with diamonds of 
 the finest water. 
 
 I know they are : let them 
 sport with it : I shall have 
 my turn. 
 
 It had only been stored three 
 weeks when he arrived. 
 
 They do : it is impossible to 
 travel without an escort. 
 
 They are taxed with sedi- 
 tion. 
 
 We have just been stopped 
 on the road by thieves, 
 who threatened us with 
 death. 
 
 I am afraid I shall not be 
 able to do without it. It 
 is long since I lent you a 
 vest, however. 
 
 She is, although the physi- 
 cian is not at all uneasy 
 about it. 
 
 They have : they are gener- 
 ally very greedy after them. 
 
 I am not; it was just one 
 ell in circumference, was it 
 not? 
 
 I am vexed at your torment. 
 ing that poor little cabin- 
 boy. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 73 
 
 To be astonished at. 77. You are astonished to see 
 moss here, are you not ? 
 
 To be exasperated 
 
 at. 
 To be scandalized at- 
 
 To be surprised at. 
 
 To be preceded by. 
 To be followed by. 
 
 To be fit for. 
 
 To be good for. 
 
 To be obliged for. 
 To be sorry for. 
 
 To be dexterous in. 
 To be sorry for. 
 
 To be easily affect- 
 ed by. 
 
 To be acquainted 
 with. 
 
 To be known by. 
 
 To be angry with. 
 
 78. Is she not exasperated at 
 his refusal ? 
 
 19. Those ladies say they are 
 surprised at his kindness 
 towards you. 
 
 80. "Was not the supper pre- 
 ceded by a ball ? 
 
 81. What is that marble fit for? 
 
 82. The musician you were 
 speaking to is a trumpeter ; 
 is he not? What was he 
 saying about his instru- 
 ment? 
 
 83. You ought to be obliged to 
 him for his letter ; you do 
 not appear to be so, however, 
 how is that ? 
 
 84. Your brother is still very 
 dexterous in pistol-shooting, 
 is he not ? 
 
 85. Why are you so easily af- 
 fected by cold? 
 
 86. What is celebrity? 
 
 87. Is she angry with him still ? 
 
 To be animated 88. 
 
 with. 
 To be armed with. 
 
 To be charmed with. 89. 
 
 To be contented 90, 
 
 with. 
 To be delighted with. 
 To be disgusted 
 
 with. 
 To be displeased 91 
 
 with. 
 
 You were at the meeting 
 last night; were not the 
 G-eneraPs partisans ani- 
 mated with great zeal ? 
 Every body is charmed with 
 that young lady's manners ; 
 why are you not also ? 
 What is the matter with 
 you; are you not contented 
 with your office ? 
 
 If you are displeased with 
 your workmen, why do you 
 not discharge them ? 
 
 I am not, I knew we should 
 find some here : gather 
 some to pack up the crock- 
 ery. 
 
 She is scandalized at it. 
 
 Why should they be so: 
 have I not always behaved 
 well towards him ? 
 
 It was preceded by a ball 
 and followed by a concert. 
 
 It is fit for making statues. 
 
 He was telling me that his 
 trumpet was good for noth- 
 ing. 
 
 He has delayed too long writ- 
 ing to me ; I am sorry for 
 his long forgetfulness. 
 
 He is not as dexterous in it 
 as formerly, and I am sorry 
 for it. 
 
 I was born in a warm cli- 
 mate. 
 The advantage of being 
 
 known by those whom you 
 
 do not know. 
 She is no longer angry with 
 
 him, she is angry with you 
 
 now. 
 They were ; it is said they 
 
 came armed with sabres 
 
 and pistols. 
 
 I have seen her but once 
 and it is some time ago. 
 
 I am delighted with it ; I am 
 as much delighted with my 
 new one as I was disgusted 
 with my former one. 
 
 I discharged ten a week ago. 
 
74 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 To be in love with. 
 
 To be pleased with. 
 
 To be overjoyed, 
 
 delighted with. 
 
 To be provided with. 
 To be puffed up with. 
 
 92. Your friend is in love with 
 my cousin, is he not? 
 
 93. You are pleased with the 
 letter you have just re- 
 ceived, are you not, sister? 
 
 94. Here is a letter from your 
 nephew; he says he has 
 lost the clothes you had 
 provided him with. 
 
 To be satiated with. 95. Do historians praise that 
 To be satisfied with. prince ? 
 
 To be struck with. 
 To be surrounded 
 with, by. 
 
 To be taken up with. 
 To be tormented 
 
 with, by. 
 To be transported 
 
 with. 
 
 96. What does the book-keeper 
 
 97. What do you think of the 
 new clerk ? 
 
 He is not, he has only known 
 her one Week. 
 
 Yes, brother ; I am delighted 
 with it. 
 
 "Well, now really, that is too 
 much ; wnia to him imme- 
 diately, and tell him that I 
 cannot provide him with 
 any more. 
 
 They do not ; they unite in 
 saying that, surrounded by 
 flatterers, satiated with 
 pleasures, and weary of 
 every thing, he will always 
 be regarded as the weakest 
 of princes. 
 
 He says he has just looked 
 over the documents, and 
 that the tenor of the prin- 
 cipal act strikes him with 
 astonishment. 
 
 I am not satisfied with him ; 
 he is too much taken up 
 with his own person. 
 
 List No. 2. — Verbs requiring a Preposition after them in English and 
 
 not in French. 
 
 Direct Objects in French. 
 une chose. une personne. 
 
 Regurder. 
 
 To look at. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 — v — 
 
 a person. 
 
 Demander. 
 
 To ask for. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 a person. 
 
 Acheter. 
 
 To buy for. 
 
 one dollar. 
 
 
 Aller chercher. 
 
 To go for. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 a person 
 
 Chercher. 
 
 To look for. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 a person. 
 
 Vendre. 
 
 To sell for. 
 
 one cent. 
 
 
 Attendre. 
 
 To wait for. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 a person. 
 
 Souhaiter. 
 
 To wish for. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 
 Daigner 
 
 To please to. 
 
 do a thing. 
 
 
 Admtttre. 
 
 To admit of. 
 
 j a thing, 
 ( proofs, &c. 
 
 
 Approuver. 
 
 To approve of. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 
 Prier (de bef. v.). 
 
 To beg of. 
 
 
 a person. 
 
 Iynorer. 
 
 To be ignorant of. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 75 
 
 de bef. v. 
 
 Tijranniser. 
 
 Ecouter. 
 
 Regarder. 
 
 Engager. 
 
 Engager. 
 
 RLSOudre. 
 
 Endurer. 
 
 Rencontrer. 
 
 Souffrir. 
 
 Attendre. 
 
 To look at. 
 To ask for. 
 To buy for. 
 To go for. 
 To look for. 
 To sell for. 
 
 To stay for. 
 To wait for. 
 To wish for. 
 To accept of. 
 To admit of. 
 To approve of. 
 To beg of. 
 To be ignorant of. 
 To tyrannize over. 
 To listen to. 
 To look upon. 
 To prevail upon. 
 
 To prevail with. 
 To resolve upon. 
 To bear with. 
 To meet with. 
 To put up with. 
 
 To tyrannize over. 
 To listen to 
 To look upon. 
 To prevail upon. 
 To prevail with. 
 To resolve upon. 
 To bear with. 
 To meet with. 
 To put up with. 
 To stay for. 
 
 Direct Objects in' French. 
 une chose. une perconne. 
 
 * a person. 
 
 a p • u. 
 
 a person. 
 
 a person. 
 
 a person. 
 
 sound, 
 thing. 
 
 a thing, 
 a thing. 
 
 a thing. 
 
 a person. 
 a person. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 1. There is a poor man ask- 
 
 ing for you ; he says he 
 wants you to buy his 
 partridges and quails for 
 three shillings a pair; 
 please to come down and 
 look at them. 
 Tou need not go up-stairs, 
 it is down-stairs. 
 
 2. I do not approve of your 
 
 waiting for your brother 
 so long every day ; why 
 do you wait for him more 
 than half an hour ? 
 
 3. Listen to me : Mr. Lenoir 
 
 is entirely ignorant of 
 what people say about 
 him : I know he looks 
 upon you as a friend, 
 therefore call upon him 
 and let him know all 
 about it. 
 
 4. Has your partner resolved 
 
 upon any thing ? If he 
 has not, prevail with him 
 to come and see me. I 
 have something to say 
 he will approve of. 
 
 I br ught some a little while 
 ago for two and sixpence a 
 pair ; however, listen to what 
 he has to say, while I look 
 for my pocket-book; I may 
 have to go up-stairs for it. 
 
 I am obliged to stay for hirr, 
 because his master will ad- 
 mit of no excuse, and will not 
 let him out before twelve 
 o'clock, and sometimes not be- 
 fore half-past. 
 
 I will, and I will endeavor to 
 prevail upon him to alter his 
 conduct. I am told his wife 
 is the cause of every thing: 
 she tyrannizes over him. 
 
 I will endeavor to prevail 
 upon him to call upon you ; 
 meanwhile his creditors tyr- 
 annize over him : he is 
 obliged to bear with their 
 importunities and put np 
 with their impertinence. 
 
76 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 List No. 3. — Yerbs having no Preposition in English and requiring one 
 
 in French. 
 
 To abuse. 
 
 
 Abuser de 
 
 To perceive. 
 
 
 S'apercevoir de. 
 
 To want. 
 
 
 Avoir besoin de. 
 
 To pity. 
 
 
 Avoir pitie de. 
 
 To change. 
 
 
 Changer de. 
 
 To mistrust. 
 
 
 Se defier de. 
 
 To resign. 
 
 
 Se demettre de. 
 
 To disown. 
 
 
 Disconvenir de. 
 
 To doubt. 
 
 
 Douter de. 
 
 Not to mind. 
 
 
 Ne pas s'embarrasser de. 
 
 To lament. 
 
 
 Gemir de. 
 
 To inherit. 
 
 
 Heriter de. 
 
 To enjoy. 
 
 
 Jouir de. 
 
 To want. ) 
 To lack. y 
 
 
 Manquer de 
 
 To slander. 
 
 
 Medire de. 
 
 To mistrust. 
 
 
 Se mefier de. 
 
 To mistake. 
 
 
 Se meprendre de. 
 
 To mock. 
 
 
 Se moquer de. 
 
 To spare. 
 
 To do without. 
 
 \ 
 
 Se passer de. 
 
 To use. 
 
 
 Se servir de. 
 
 To remember. 
 
 
 Se souvenir de. 
 
 To use. 
 
 
 User de. ( User de violence envers une personne.) 
 
 To revenge. ) 
 To avenge. ) 
 
 
 Se venger de. 
 
 To attempt life 
 
 &c. 
 
 Attenter a. 
 
 To bid. 
 
 
 Commander a. (Commander a une personne de f aire une chose) 
 
 To compassionate. 
 
 Compdtir a. 
 
 To suit. ) 
 To become. ) 
 
 
 Convener d. 
 
 To suit. ) 
 To become. ) 
 
 
 Seoir a. 
 
 To forbid. 
 
 
 Defendre a. (Defendre a une personne de faire une chose.) 
 
 To displease. 
 
 
 Deplaire a. 
 
 To disobey. 
 
 
 Desobeir a. 
 
 To trust. 
 
 
 Se fier a. 
 
 To break one's word. 
 
 Manquer a (sa parole) 
 
 To concern. 
 
 
 Importer a. (Importer d une personne de faire une chose.) 
 
 To injure. 
 
 
 Nuire a. 
 
 To obey. 
 
 
 Obtir a. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 77 
 
 To ooviate. 
 To prevent.- 
 
 To oppose. 
 
 To order. 
 
 To forgive. 
 
 To permit. 
 
 To persuade. 
 
 To please 
 
 To mind. 
 
 To promise. 
 
 To renounce 
 
 To answer. 
 
 To resist. 
 
 To resemble. 
 
 To supply. 
 
 To succeed. 
 
 To outlive. 
 
 To touch. 
 
 Ordonner d une personne de faire une chose. 
 
 Permettre a une personne de faire une chose. 
 Persuader a une personne de faire une chose. 
 
 Obvier d. 
 
 S'opposer d. 
 
 Ordonner a. 
 
 Pardonner a. 
 
 Permettre a. 
 
 Persuader a. 
 
 Plaire a. 
 
 Prendre garde d. 
 
 Promettre d. Promettre d une personne de faire une chose. 
 
 Renoncer d. 
 
 Repondre a. 
 
 Resister a. 
 
 Ressembler d. 
 
 Subvenir a. 
 
 Succeder d. 
 
 Survivre d. 
 
 Toucher d. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 LIST NO. 3. — DIFFERENCE BETWEEN FRENCH AND ENGLISH PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 To abuse. 
 To perceive. 
 To want. 
 To pity. 
 To change. 
 To mistrust. 
 To resign. 
 To give up. 
 
 To disown. 
 To doubt. 
 To mind. 
 To lament. 
 To inherit. 
 To want. 
 To lack. 
 
 To slander. 
 To mistrust. 
 To mistake. 
 To mock. 
 To ridicule. 
 To spare. 
 To do without. 
 To use. 
 To remember. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 1. I do not wish to abuse your 
 patience, but I must repeat 
 to you that I have given up 
 my place and that I want my 
 money; if you have not 
 changed your mind I hope 
 you will lend me a little. 
 
 2. The person you speak of dis- 
 owns having doubted your 
 word, but as he does not en- 
 joy a good reputation, I pre- 
 sume it is all one to you whe- 
 ther he disowns having 
 doubted it or not. 
 
 3. How can your brother suc- 
 ceed? he mistrusts every- 
 body, and slanders his em- 
 ployers ; I do not understand 
 his conduct : can he do with- 
 out their assistance ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 You perceive no change in 
 me ; I do not mistrust you ; 
 I will lend you some, but 
 why did you give up your 
 place? 
 
 You are right, it is all one 
 to me ; I do not mind what 
 he thinks of me ; I never 
 think of the fellow: why 
 does he think of me? 
 
 He cannot ; but now I think 
 of it, he uses my name very 
 often. Tell him not to use 
 it any more. Remember 
 this. 
 
78 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM, 
 
 To use. 
 
 To revenge. 
 
 To attempt. 
 
 To bid. 
 
 To order. 
 
 To compassionate. 
 
 To suit. 
 
 To become. 
 
 To forbid. 
 To displease. 
 To disobey. 
 
 To trust. 
 To break. 
 To concern. 
 To injure. 
 
 To obey. 
 To prevent. 
 To oppose. 
 To order. 
 To pardon. 
 To permit. 
 To persuade. 
 
 To resemble. 
 To please. 
 To mind. 
 To promise. 
 To give up. 
 To answer. 
 To resist. 
 
 To resemble. 
 To supply. 
 To succeed. 
 
 To outlive. 
 
 You say that that man has 
 attempted your younger bro- 
 ther's life, and that you -will 
 revenge the outrage ; but is 
 revenge a noble passion ? 
 
 5. TVhat did you forbid those 
 boys to tell their master? 
 
 6. They will injure him if they 
 continue to behave thus, will 
 they not ? 
 
 7. Must not the soldiers obey 
 the order, whether it please 
 or displease them ? 
 
 Answer my question ; did 
 you not promise your father 
 to give up gaming, and did 
 you not also promise him to 
 return home during the pres- 
 ent month? 
 
 "Who is to succeed the pres- 
 ent Queen of England? 
 
 10. 
 
 Does the physician say he 
 will outlive his brothers? 
 
 To touch. 
 
 11. I have just regulated my 
 watch, why did you touch 
 it? 
 
 I know it is not but can I 
 allow him to use violence 
 toward so dear a relative 
 with impunity ? 
 
 I forbid them to tell their 
 master that his sons had 
 disobeyed him. 
 
 They have already injured 
 him a great deal ; they dis- 
 please everybody; nobody 
 trusts them. 
 
 They must ; and there is no 
 way of opposing it; per- 
 suade them to obey it : tell 
 them that if they do they 
 will be pardoned many old 
 offences. 
 
 I promised him to renounce 
 gaming, but I did not pro- 
 mise him to return in the 
 course of this month: I 
 can resist the temptation, 
 and do not wish to return 
 home ; I have answered 
 your question ; have you 
 any other to ask me ? 
 
 The Prince of "Wales is to 
 succeed her. 
 
 He says he may. 
 
 I did not touch the hands ; 
 I merely took it up to take 
 the chain off. 
 
 LIST NO. 4. — YERBS AND ADJECTIVES REQUIRING de BEFORE THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 S'abstenir de. To abstain from. 
 
 Accuser de. To accuse of. 
 
 Achever de. To finish, present participle ; as, I finish writing, Je finis d'krire. 
 
 Affecter de. To affect to, or pr. p. 
 
 Apprehender de. To fear to, or pr. p. 
 
 S'attendre a. To expect to. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 79 
 
 Avertir de. To warn to. 
 
 Hawser de. To take it into one's head. To bethink one's self. 
 
 Blame?- de. To blame for. 
 
 Cesser de. To cease, pr. p. 
 
 Charger de. To charge with. 
 
 Commander de. To command to (commander d une personne de /aire une ch.) 
 
 Commencer de or a. To begin to. 
 
 Conjurer de. To entreat to. 
 
 Conse'dler de. To advise to. 
 
 Consoler de. To console for. 
 
 Cont'nutr de or d. To continue to, or pr. p. 
 
 Convaincre de. To convince of. 
 
 Convenir de. To agree about. 
 
 Craindre de. To tear, p. p. 
 
 DCcourager de. To discourage from 
 
 Defendre de. To forbid to, or pr. p. (a unepers. de faire une ch.) 
 
 Se depecher de. To make haste to. 
 
 Desesperer de. To despair, pr. p. 
 
 Djsirer de. To desire to. 
 
 Determiner de. To determine to. Se determiner requires d. 
 
 Dt'tourner de. To divert from. . 
 
 Differer de. To delay, pr. p. 
 
 Dire de. To tell to. (a une pers. de faire v-nc ch.\ 
 
 Disconvenir de. To disown, pr. p. 
 
 Dispenser de. To dispense with 
 
 Dissuader de. To dissuade from, and pr. p. 
 
 Ecrire de. To write to. 
 
 S'efforcer de. To endeavor to. 
 
 Enjoindre de. To enjoin to. 
 
 Empecher de. To prevent from. 
 
 S'empresser de or a. To hasten to. To be eager to. 
 
 Eutreprendre de. To undertake to. 
 
 Essayer de. To try to. 
 
 Eviter de. To avoid, pr. p. 
 
 Excuser de. To excuse from. 
 
 Exempter de. To exempt from. 
 
 Feindre de. To feign to, or pr. p. 
 
 Finir de. To finish, pr. p. 
 
 Se flatter de. To flatter one's self. 
 
 Se garder de. To beware, pr. p. To take care not to. To refrain from. 
 
 Gronder de. To scold for. 
 
 Se hdter de. To hasten to. 
 
 Insplrer de. To inspire with, to. 
 
 Juger (d prnpos de). To think proper to. 
 
so 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Mander de. 
 Manquer de. 
 Menacer de. 
 
 Meriter de. 
 Negliger de. 
 
 Offrir de. 
 
 Omettre de. 
 
 Ordonner de. 
 
 Oublier de. 
 Pardonner de. 
 Persuader de. 
 Permettre de. 
 Se piquer de. 
 Plaindre de. 
 Prescrire de. 
 Presser de. 
 Prier de. 
 Promettre de. 
 Proposer de. 
 Se proposer de. 
 Recommander de, 
 Refuser de. 
 Regretter de. 
 Se rejouir de. 
 Remercier de. 
 Se repentir de. 
 Reprocher de. 
 Resoudre de. 
 Risquer de. 
 Rougir de. 
 Solliciter de. 
 Sommer de. 
 Se soucier de. 
 Souhaiter de. 
 Soupconner de. 
 Se souvenir de. 
 Suffire de. 
 Suggerer de. 
 Supplier de. 
 Tocher de. 
 Tarder de* 
 Se vanter de. 
 
 To send word to. 
 
 To fail to, or pr. p. To omit. 
 
 To threaten to. 
 
 To deserve to. 
 
 To neglect, pr. p. 
 
 To offer to. 
 
 To omit, pr. p. 
 
 To order to. (d unepers. defaire une ch.) 
 
 To forget to. 
 
 To forgive for, and pr. p. (d une pers. de, dec.) 
 
 To persuade to. (d une pers. de, dec.) 
 
 To permit to. (d une pers. de, &c.) 
 
 To pretend to. 
 
 To pity for, and pr. p. 
 
 To prescribe to. 
 
 To press to. 
 
 To request to. 
 
 To promise to. (d une pers. de, dec.) 
 
 y To recommend to. (d une pers. de, dec.) 
 
 To propose to. (d une pers. de, dec) 
 To refuse to. 
 To regret, pr. p. 
 To rejoice to. 
 To thank for, and pr. p. 
 To repent, pr. p. 
 To reproach for, and pr. p. 
 To resolve to. (Se resoudre requires d.) 
 To risk, pr. p. 
 To blush to. 
 To solicit to. 
 To summon to. 
 
 To care. Ne pas se soucier de, Not to care, pr. p. 
 To wish to. 
 To suspect of. 
 To remember to. 
 To be sufficient to. 
 To suggest to. 
 To entreat to. 
 To endeavor to. 
 To long to. 
 To boast, pr. p. 
 
 * Tarder d une personne defaire une choxe, used as follows : 
 
 I long to go out, &C.—JI mer—il te — il lui — il tums—il vents — il leur, tarde de sortir. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 81 
 
 ADJECTIVES REQUIRING de BEFORE THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 Afflige de. 
 Aise de. 
 Capable de. 
 Char me de. 
 Ravi de. 
 Content de. 
 Curieux de. 
 JDoux de. 
 Ennuye de. 
 Enrage de. 
 Etonne de. 
 
 Afflicted to. 
 Easy to. 
 Capable of. 
 Delighted to. 
 Delighted to. 
 Content to. 
 Curious to. 
 Pleasant to. 
 Tired of. 
 Enraged at. 
 Astonished to. 
 
 Edche de. 
 Heureux de. 
 Impossible de. 
 Incapable de. 
 Juste de. 
 Lasse de. 
 Libre de. 
 Nccessaire de. 
 Possible de. 
 Sar de. 
 Surpris de. 
 
 Sorry to. 
 Happy to. 
 Impossible to. 
 Incapable of. 
 Just, right to. 
 Tired, weary of. 
 Free to. 
 Necessary to. 
 Possible to. 
 Sure to. 
 Surprised to. 
 
 To abstain from. 1 
 To accuse of. 
 To finish, pr. p. 
 To affect to. 
 To afflict for. - 
 To be glad to. 
 To fear to. 
 To expect to. 
 To warn to. 
 To bethink one's self. 
 To blame for. 
 Capable of. 
 
 To cease, pr. p. 2 
 
 To charge with. 
 Delighted with. 
 To command to. 
 To begin to. 
 To entreat to. 
 To advise to. 
 To console for. 
 Content to. 
 To continue to. 
 To convince of. 
 To agree to. 
 To fear to. 3 
 
 Curious to. 
 To discourage with. 
 To forbid to. 
 To make haste to. 
 To despair, pr. p. 
 To wish to. 
 To determine to. 
 To divert from. 
 To defer, delay, pr. p. 
 To tell to. 
 
 To discontinue, pr. p. 
 6 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 If I should take it into my 
 head to warn those men 
 not to come before the usual 
 hour, would you blame me 
 for it? 
 
 What do you advise me to 
 do? Must I entreat my 
 friends to come, or must I 
 command them to remain 
 where they are ? I had re- 
 solved to cease writing to 
 them; however, I will do what 
 you advise me to do. 
 
 I fear discouraging those 
 young gentlemen if I forbid 
 them studying before half- 
 past eleven : would you for- 
 bid them studying as early 
 as that if you were in my 
 place ? 
 
 I expect to see them here 
 before the usual hour : you 
 may warn them to come ; I 
 shall be glad to see them. 
 
 "Write them a few words, 
 and tell them that if they 
 continue to act as they do, 
 you cannot expect to suc- 
 ceed in getting your money. 
 
 If they have determined to 
 study at that hour, I would 
 not divert them from it: 
 nevertheless I would tell 
 them to recollect that it 
 would be better for them 
 to delay studying for the 
 present. 
 
82 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 To disown, pr. p. 
 To dispense with. 
 To dissuade from. 
 Pleasant to. 
 To write to. 
 To endeavor to. 
 To enjoin to. 
 To prevent from. 
 To be eager to. 
 Tired of. 
 P"n raged at. 
 To undertake to. 
 
 To try to. 
 Astonished at. 
 To avoid, pr. p. 
 To excuse from. 
 To exempt from. 
 To exhort to. 
 To finish, pr. p. 
 To flatter one's self 
 
 with. 
 To care (not to). 
 To scold for. 
 
 To hasten to. 
 
 Happy to. 
 
 Impossible to. 
 
 Incapable of. 
 
 To think proper to. 
 
 To swear to. 
 
 Just to. 
 
 Tired of. 
 
 At liberty to. 
 
 To send word to. 
 
 To fad to. 
 
 To threaten to. 
 To deserve to. 
 Necessary to. 
 To neglect to. 
 To offer to. 
 To omit to. 
 To order to. 
 To forget to. 
 To forgive for. 
 To permit to. 
 To persuade to. 
 To pretend to. 
 
 To pity for. 
 Possible to. 
 To prescribe to. 
 
 Did I not hear you say this 
 morning that you would 
 write to your partner to 
 come, in order that he might 
 endeavor to prevent the sale 
 of the fifty bales of cotton 
 that have just been landed ? 
 
 5. Your partner's clerks came 
 here this morning, to try 
 to excuse themselves from 
 going to the couDting-room 
 this week. I wa3 sorry to 
 hear them offer the excuses 
 they did. Would you not 
 have been astonished also to 
 hear them feign being indis- 
 posed ? 
 
 6. The persons you were speak- 
 ing about have sworn to pur- 
 sue your parents and all your 
 relatives. Do you not think 
 it proper for me to write to 
 the French ConsuL who is 
 the person most capable of 
 giving you good advice ? 
 
 7. If that young man did not 
 pretend to know almost 
 every thing, I would pardon 
 him for not knowing tho- 
 roughly many things that he 
 should know better. This 
 morning I told him to write 
 a letter in French; he could 
 not. 
 
 8. "Would not the whole city 
 have rejoiced to learn that 
 the general had requested the 
 
 You heard me say that I 
 would write to him to 
 come : nevertheless, after 
 your departure I thought I 
 could dispense with writing 
 to him : the loss will be 
 too great if the owners un- 
 dertake to selL 
 
 I certainly should have been 
 astonished to hear them say 
 that they were indisposed> 
 knowing them to be well: 
 I hope you took care not to 
 admit their excuses. 
 
 Do, I beg of you : and send 
 him word to come if he can, 
 or if it be impossible for 
 him to come, to send one of 
 his clerks : he may think it 
 proper to come himself: I 
 hope he will. 
 
 All his relatives have tried 
 to persuade him to study, 
 and his parents have or. 
 dered him not to neglect 
 his studies as he does. H e 
 threatens to run away if 
 he is ordered to study more 
 than one hour a day. 
 
 The merchants especially 
 would have waited upon 
 him to thank him for hav- 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 83 
 
 To press to. 
 To request to. 
 To promise to. 
 To propose to. 
 To recommend to. 
 To refuse to. 
 To regret, pr. p. 
 To rejoice, pr. p. 
 To thank for. 
 To repent of. 
 To reproach for. 
 To resolve to. 
 To risk, pr. p. 
 To blush to. 
 Satisfied with. 
 To solicit to. 
 To summon to. 
 To care to. 
 To wish to. 
 To suspect of. 
 To remember to. 
 To be sufficient to. 
 To suffice to. 
 To suggest to. 
 Sure to. 
 Surprised to. 
 To endeavor to. 
 To long to. 
 To boast of. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 citizens to present their peti- 
 tions, although his predeces- 
 sor had refused to receive 
 them? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 ing refused to sanction his 
 predecessor's acta. 
 
 9. Did you remember to say that I told one of the owners 
 you did not care risking a whom I met this morning, 
 
 return by the steamer you 
 came out in, and also that 
 you had summoned the Cap- 
 tain to answer the 
 gers 1 letter ? 
 
 that the passengers had re- 
 solved to commence a suit 
 against the Captain. 
 
 10. Do you not long to tell that It is sufficient for me to 
 
 vain fellow that you are sur- 
 prised to hear that he boasts 
 being sure of succeeding in 
 the affair you endeavored in 
 vain to succeed in last month ? 
 
 know that he cannot suc- 
 ceed: I entreat you to say 
 nothing about it. 
 
 LIST NO. 5. — VERBS AND ADJECTIVES REQUIRING THE PREPOSITION d BEFORE THB 
 
 INFINITIVE, 
 
 S'dbaisscr d. 
 Accoutumer a. 
 Admettre d. 
 Aider cL 
 Aimer d, 
 Amuser d, 
 Animer eL 
 S'appliquer d. 
 Apprendre d. 
 S'appreter d. 
 Aspirer d. 
 S'attacher d. 
 Autoriser a. 
 Avoir d. 
 
 To stoop to. 
 
 To accustom to. 
 
 To admit to. 
 
 To help to. 
 
 To like to. 
 
 To amuse with, and pr. p. 
 
 To animate to. 
 
 To apply to. 
 
 To learn to. 
 
 To get ready to. 
 
 To aspire to. 
 
 To strive to. 
 
 To authorize to. 
 
 To have to. 
 
84 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Chercher a. To seek to. 
 
 Condamner d. To condemn to. 
 
 Condescend™ d. To condescend to. 
 
 Consister d. To consist in, pr. p. 
 
 Contraindre d. To compel to. 
 
 Contribuer d. To contribute to. 
 
 Demander d. To ask to. 
 
 Depenser d. To spend in, pr. p. 
 
 Destiner d. To destine to. 
 
 Determiner d. To determine to. 
 
 Disposer d. To dispose to. 
 
 Donner d. To give to. 
 
 S'echauffer d. To get overheated in, pr. p. 
 
 S'efforcer d, de. To endeavor to. 
 
 S 'employer d. To employ one's time in. To busy one's self in. 
 
 Encourager d. To encourage to. 
 
 Erihardir d. To embolden to. 
 
 Enseigner d. To teach to. 
 
 S'etudier d. To study to. 
 
 Etre a. To be, pr. participle. (Elle est a coudre), She is sewing. 
 
 Exercer d. To exercise in. 
 
 Exciter d. To excite to. 
 
 Exposer d. To expose to. 
 
 JSefatiguer d. To get tired, pr. p. 
 
 Forcer d, de. To force to. 
 
 Gagner d. To gain by, and pr. p. 
 
 Habituer d. To accustom to. 
 
 Eesiter d. To hesitate to. 
 
 Inciter a. To incite to. 
 
 Inviter d. To invite to. 
 
 Manquer a, de. To omit, fail, pr. p. 
 
 &e mettre d. To set about, pr. p. 
 
 Montrer d. To show how to. 
 
 Obliger d, de. To oblige to. 
 
 5 'obstiner d. To be obstinate in, pr. p. 
 
 6 'opinidtrer d To be obstinate in, pr. p. 
 Parvenir d. To succeed in. 
 
 Passer d. To spend in. 
 
 Penser d. To think of (memory). 
 
 Perdre <L To lose in, and pr. p. 
 
 Persister d. To persist in, and pr. p. 
 
 Seplaire a. To take pleasure in, and pr. p. 
 
 Porter d. To incline, induce to. 
 
 JSe preparer d. To prepare to. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 85 
 
 Recommencer a. To begin again to. 
 
 Renoncer a. To renounce, pr. p. 
 
 Se resoudre d. To resolve to. 
 
 Rester a. To remain, pr. p. 
 
 Engager a. To engage, induce to. 
 
 Reussir d. To succeed in, and pr. p. 
 
 Servir a. To serve to. 
 
 Songer d. To dream. To think of, aod pr. p. 
 
 Tarder d. To delay. To tarry, pr. p. 
 
 Tendre d. To tend to. 
 
 Travailler d. To work, labor to. To try to. 
 
 Venir d. To happen to. 
 
 ADJECTIVES REQUIRING THE PREPOSITION d BEFORE THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 K. Many adjectives, according to the manner in which they are used, require the 
 preposition de or d before a verb, viz., the preposition de, when the verb that 
 follows the adjective in English is qualified by that adjective, and the preposition 
 a, when the adjective qualifies a noun, either expressed or understood. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 It is good to 
 
 eat 
 
 fruit (to eat fruit 
 
 is 1 1 est bon de manger du fruit. 
 
 good). 
 
 
 
 
 
 It is difficult to translate this phrase. 
 
 II est difficile de traduire cette phrase. 
 
 It is good to eat moderately. 
 
 II est bon de manger moderement. 
 
 That fruit is good 
 
 to eat. 
 
 Ce fruit-Id est bon d 
 
 manger. 
 
 Good to eatl 
 
 No, 
 
 sir, it is not good 
 
 to Bon d manger ! non, monsieur, il n'es 
 
 eat. 
 
 
 
 bon a manger. 
 
 
 Admirable d. 
 
 
 Admirable to. 
 
 Facile a. 
 
 Easy to. 
 
 Affreux a. 
 
 
 Dreadful to. 
 
 Habile d. 
 
 Skilful in, pr. p. 
 
 Agreable d. 
 
 
 Pleasant to. 
 
 Horrible a. 
 
 Horrible to. 
 
 Aise d. 
 
 
 Easy. 
 
 Ingenieux a. 
 
 Ingenious in. 
 
 Assidu a. 
 
 
 Assiduous in. 
 
 Laid d. 
 
 Ugly to. 
 
 Beau a. 
 
 
 Pine to. 
 
 Lent a. 
 
 Slow to. 
 
 Bon a. 
 
 
 Good to. 
 
 Occupe a. 
 
 Busy, pr. p. 
 
 Charmant a. 
 
 
 Charming to. 
 
 Pret d. 
 
 Ready to. 
 
 Desagreable d. 
 
 
 Disagreeable to. 
 
 Prompt d. 
 
 Quick to. 
 
 Difficile a. 
 
 
 Difficult to. 
 
 Propre a. 
 
 Fit to. 
 
 Diligent d. 
 
 
 Diligent in, pr. p. 
 
 Soigneux d. 
 
 Careful to. 
 
 Effroyable a. 
 
 
 Frightful to. 
 
 Sujet d. 
 
 Subject, apt to. 
 
 Enclin d. 
 
 
 Inclined to. 
 
 Terrible a. 
 
 Terrible to. 
 
 Exact a. 
 
 
 Exact in, pr. p. 
 
 
 
86 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 LIST NO. 5.— APPLICATION. 
 
 Good to. 
 Charming to. 
 To seek to. 
 To condemn to. 
 To condescend to. 
 To consist in. 
 To compel to. 
 To contribute to 
 To ask to. 
 To spend in. 
 
 EPISTOLARY FORMS. 
 
 E. Paris, Jan. 1st, 1852. 
 Dear Sir: 
 
 I write to ask why your 
 lawyer seems to seek to con- 
 demn the steps I have ad- 
 vised you to follow. Be 
 quick in answering, and be- 
 lieve me, 
 
 Your most obed't ser*t, 
 J. Lexoir. 
 R. Leblaxc, Esq., 
 London. 
 
 To stoop to. ] 
 
 To accustom to. 
 
 To admit to. 
 
 "Wonderful to. 
 
 Dreadful to. 
 
 Agreeable ta 
 
 To help to. 
 
 To like to. 
 
 Easy to. 
 
 To amuse one's self with. 
 
 To animate to. 1 
 
 To apply to. 
 
 To learn to. 
 
 To get ready to. 
 
 To aspire to. 
 
 Assiduous in. 
 
 To stick to. 
 
 To authorize to. 
 
 To have to. 
 
 "Would you not like to 
 help me to hang up 
 these pictures? 
 
 Recollect that before get- 
 ting ready to go out, 
 you have to write a 
 letter to authorize me 
 to receive the sum your 
 brother told you to get 
 collected. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 London, Jan. 5-th, 1S52. 
 Dear Sir: 
 
 In answer to your letter of 
 the 1st inst, I have to say 
 that the person to whom you 
 allude is no longer my law- 
 yer. "We could not agree, 
 since he wished to compel 
 me to act contrary to your 
 advice. On many occasions 
 he would not condescend to 
 listen to me. 
 
 Tours respectfully, 
 
 R. Leblaxc. 
 J. Lenoib, Esq. 
 Paris. 
 
 If I had time I would, but I 
 think you ought to amuse 
 yourself with touching them 
 up a little before hanging 
 them up. They want clean, 
 ing also : if you will wait, 
 I will help you to clean 
 them to-morrow. 
 
 I have many other things to 
 do before going out. I shall 
 not be able to get ready to 
 go out before three quarters 
 of an hour ; meanwhile you 
 may get the writing materials 
 ready. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 Last to. 
 
 Disagreeable to. 
 To destine to. 
 To resolve upon. 
 Difficult to. 
 Diligent to. 
 To dispose to. 
 To give to. 
 
 4. Phila., Feb. 2d, 1852. 
 
 Dear Brother : 
 I have to inform you of 
 a disagreeable circumstance. 
 This morning we resolved to 
 send away our two clerks, 
 and you know they will be 
 difficult to replace. I wish 
 
 Baltimore, Feb. 4th, '52. 
 Dear Brother : 
 
 I should have been the last 
 to part with the clerks who 
 have been so long with yov 
 but since you have thought 
 propeu to do so, I send you 
 my head clerk. You may 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 87 
 
 To overheat one's self to know whether you would 
 in. be disposed to let your first 
 
 To endeavor to. clerk remain with me a few 
 
 days. Favor me with an an- 
 swer as soon as possible and 
 believe me, 
 
 Your affectionate brother, 
 S. Lebrun. 
 T. Lebrun, 
 
 Baltimore. 
 
 Frightful to. 
 To employ ) . 
 To use ) 
 To encourage to. 
 Inclined to. 
 To induce to. 
 To embolden to. 
 To teach to. 
 To study to. 
 To be, pr. p. 
 
 Exact to, in. 
 
 To exercise in. 
 
 To excite to. 
 
 To expose to. 
 
 Easy to. 
 
 To get tired with. 
 
 To force to. 
 
 To gain by. 
 
 Clever in. 
 
 To accustom to. 
 
 To hesitate to. 
 
 5. New Orleans, Mar. 6, 1858. 
 Dear Cousin : 
 
 My Italian master encour- 
 ages me so much to continue 
 studying, that I wish you to 
 employ the money I left with 
 you, in purchasing the best 
 Italian and French Dictionary 
 you can find. Send it me by 
 the bearer of this and believe 
 me, 
 
 Your affectionate cousin, 
 Sophia Levert. 
 
 6. Versailles, May 7, 1852. 
 Dear Sister: 
 
 Why are you not more exact 
 in answering my letters? 
 You force me to write again 
 to tell you that you must 
 not hesitate to come and see 
 me before the 20th of this 
 month. I shall expect you. 
 Your affectionate sister, 
 Julie Lebeau. 
 
 Horrid to. 
 To incite to. 
 Ingenious in. 
 
 7. Marseilles, June 12th, 1852. 
 Dear Captain : 
 
 I am told your Colonel has 
 invited you to set about learn- 
 ing English, and as I imagine 
 
 keep him one week, but do 
 
 not give him too much to do. 
 
 Yours devotedly, 
 
 T. Lebrun. 
 S. Lebrun, 
 Philadelphia. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 New York, April 7th, 1858. 
 Dear Cousin : 
 
 I am glad to hear you are 
 encouraged to pursue the 
 study of the language of Tasso 
 and of Dante. I could not 
 send the dictionaries by the 
 bearer of your letter, because 
 I could not induce him to stay 
 longer than a week here. 
 You will receive them by the 
 first steamer. 
 
 Your ever affectionate, 
 Emily Legris. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 Lyons, May 11th, 1852. 
 Dear Julia: 
 
 You have always accus- 
 tomed me to so much indul- 
 gence that I put off writing to 
 you for a few days. As to 
 hesitating going to see you, 
 you know I never hesitate 
 doing so whenever I can ; so 
 you may expect me on the 
 20th, unless I am forced to 
 remain by some unexpected 
 circumstance. 
 
 Your ever loving sister, 
 Marie Lebeau. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 Bordeaux, July 14th, 1852. 
 Dear Major : 
 
 Do not accuse me of neg- 
 ligence if I have been slow 
 to answer your letter of the 
 
88 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Ugly to. 
 
 Slow to. 
 
 To omit to. 
 
 To set about, pr. p. 
 
 To show how to. 
 
 To oblige to. 
 
 Busy in. 
 
 To be obstinate in. 
 To succeed in. ) 
 To arrive at. ) 
 To spend in. 
 To think of. 
 To lose in. 
 To persist in. 
 To delight in. 
 To induce to. 
 
 you will want a good gram- 
 mar, I send you the one I 
 used when I was obliged to 
 study the language. Let me 
 know how you are and be- 
 lieve me, 
 
 Yours truly, 
 
 A. Mangefeu. 
 
 8. Rouen, Aug. 16th, 1852 
 Messrs. Durieu & Co., 
 
 Brest. 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 "We beg of you to lose no 
 time in remitting to us the in- 
 voice of the goods you re- 
 ceived by the last steamer. 
 
 Tour most obd'nt servants, 
 Y. Lebel & Co. 
 
 12th of last month. The ex- 
 cellent grammar you sent me 
 incites me to study. I thank 
 you most sincerely for the at- 
 tention, and remain, 
 
 Your affectionate friend, 
 
 B. Crachepoudre. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 Brest, Sept. 26th, 1852. 
 Messrs. Y. Lebel & Co., 
 
 Rouen. 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 We lose no time in sending 
 you the invoice you demand. 
 By the way, have you thought 
 of the affair we mentioned in 
 our last ? If you have, please 
 let us know what you think 
 of the speculation. 
 
 Yours respectfully, 
 
 Durieu & Co. 
 
 Answer. 
 
 First to. 
 
 To prepare to. 
 
 Ready to. 
 
 Quick to. 
 
 Fit to. 
 
 To begin ag. to. 
 
 To renounce to. 
 
 To resolve to. 
 
 To remain to. 
 
 To succeed in. 
 
 9. Havre, Oct. 18th, 1853. 
 Dear Sister: 
 
 I write a few words in haste 
 to say that I am preparing to 
 sail for the U. S. I have de- 
 termined to renounce house- 
 keeping here for the present. 
 If you cannot succeed in get- 
 ting rid of your furniture, 
 leave it with a confidential 
 person and get ready imme- 
 diately to join me here be- 
 fore the 25th. 
 
 Your devoted brother, 
 Louis de Lussan. 
 
 Paris, Oct. 20th, 1853. 
 Dear Brother : 
 
 Upon the receipt of your 
 letter I lost no time in follow- 
 ing your instructions. I have 
 succeeded in disposing of the 
 furniture for what it cost me, 
 and I am very happy to an. 
 nounce to you that I shall be 
 ready to leave Paris before 
 the 25th inst. Indeed I shall 
 be the first of all the family 
 to embrace you and congratu- 
 late you upon your change of 
 fortune. 
 
 Your affectionate sister, 
 Louisa de Lussan. 
 Answer. 
 
 To serve to. 10. Toulon, Nov. 30th, 1851. 
 
 Careful to. Dear Friend : 
 
 To think of. The money you remitted a 
 
 Subject to. few days ago has served to 
 
 Apt to. pay off the debts your brother 
 
 To aim at. had contracted in this city. 
 
 Lyons, Dec. 10th, 1853. 
 Dear Arthur : 
 
 Enclosed you will find a 
 draft for frs. 150.00 on Messrs. 
 Dubusquet & Co., to your or- 
 der at 10 days' sight. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 89 
 
 To delay, p. p. 
 To tend to. 
 Terrible to. 
 To work to. 
 To come to. 
 
 There remains nevertheless 
 a small balance of 150 francs. 
 Do not delay remitting this 
 small sum as soon as pos- 
 sible : you will oblige greatly, 
 Your affectionate friend, 
 
 Arthur Legrand. 
 
 When I think of the sums 
 I have already disbursed 
 and that I still may have to 
 disburse for my brother, I 
 tremble for the future. If 
 these sacrifices tended to re- 
 pair his fortunes, I should 
 not complain: it seems, on 
 the contrary, that all my ef- 
 forts only serve to increase 
 his prodigality. 
 
 Yours most truly, 
 Pierre Leroux. 
 
 List No. 6. — Verbs requiring no Preposition before the Infinitive that 
 
 follows them. 
 
 Aimer mieux. 
 
 To prefer. To like better. (See Remark 1.) 
 
 Aller. 
 
 Togo. 
 
 Apercevoir. 
 
 To perceive. 
 
 Assurer. 
 
 To assert. 
 
 Croire. 
 
 To believe. 
 
 Compter. 
 
 To purpose. To intend. To expect. 
 
 Daigner. 
 
 To deign. 
 
 Declarer. 
 
 To declare. 
 
 Devoir. 
 
 To be to (lit. to owe). He is to go, Tl doit aller. 
 
 
 mark 3.) 
 
 Entendre. 
 
 To hear. 
 
 Envoyer. 
 
 To send. Envoyer chercher. Envoyer dire. 
 
 Esperer. 
 
 To expect. 
 
 Falloir. 
 
 To be necessary. 
 
 STimaginer. 
 
 To fancy. 
 
 Laisser. 
 
 To let. 
 
 Oser. 
 
 To dare. 
 
 Paraitre. 
 
 To appear. 
 
 Penser. 
 Manquer. 
 
 j- To have like (lit. to think). To be near, pr. p. 
 
 Pretendre. 
 
 To pretend. 
 
 Pouvoir. 
 
 To be able. 
 
 Reconnaitre. 
 
 To acknowledge. 
 
 Regarder. 
 
 To look at. 
 
 Retourner. 
 
 To return. 
 
 Savoir. 
 
 To know. 
 
 Sembler. 
 
 To seem. 
 
 Souhaiter. 
 
 To wish. (See Remark 2.) 
 
 Soutenir. 
 
 To maintain. 
 
 Valoir mieux. 
 
 To be better. (See Remark 1.) 
 
 (See Re- 
 
90 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Venir. 
 
 To come. 
 
 
 Voir. 
 
 To see. 
 
 
 Vouloir. 
 
 To wish. 
 
 To be willing. 
 REMARKS. 
 
 1. Aimer mieux and Valoir mieux. 
 
 To prefer. To be better, — 
 
 followed by verbs in the infinitive, require de before the second infinitive, as : 
 Jaimerais mieux rester que oVy alter. I would rather stay than go. 
 
 // vaut mieux y aller que de rester seul. It is better to go than to stay alone. 
 
 2. Souhaiter may be used with de, as: 
 Je souhaite de le voir. 
 
 I wish to see him. 
 
 3. Where are you to go this morning ? I am to go to the store. 
 Is your brother to come here soon ? He is to come very soon. 
 
 Were you not to return with me ? I was not. 
 
 Are you to ? — I am to — &c, not being used here in their natural or literal sense, 
 but expressing duty, obligation, previous arrangement, the French construe with 
 the verb devoir (to owe), thus : 
 
 Ou devez-vouz aller ce matin f Je dois aller au magasin. 
 
 Vote frere doit-il venir id bientot ? II doit venir bientot. 
 
 Ne deviez-vous pas revenir avec moi ? Je ne devais pas revenir avec vous. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 To prefer. 1. Would they not prefer re- 
 
 To like better. turning ? 
 
 To go. 2. When will you go and 
 
 take a walk ? 
 
 To perceive. 3. I perceive them walking, 
 
 To hear. do you ? 
 
 To assert. 4. Does he not assert having 
 
 written to you ? 
 
 To believe. 5. They thought (believed) 
 
 they had deceived you, 
 did they not ? 
 
 To purpose. 6. You purpose buying the 
 
 goods in the spring, do 
 you not ? 
 
 To deign. 1. Did he deign to tell you 
 
 when he would return? 
 
 To declare. 
 
 They would rather return 
 than stay here. 
 
 We will go and take a sail if 
 you will come with us. 
 
 I do not perceive them walk, 
 ing ; I hear them speaking. 
 
 He asserts having called upon 
 your brother-in-law. 
 
 They thought they had, but I 
 am not so easily deceived. 
 
 We purpose buying them 
 during the summer. 
 
 He did not deign even to 
 look at me. 
 
 8. The witnesses declared They declared having seen 
 having seen them enter them leave it. 
 the house, did they not? 
 
TAEULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 91 
 
 To be to. 9. What is he to send for ; He is to send for the fur- 
 To send for. the books or the fur- niture. 
 niture ? 
 
 To hear. 10. Did you ever hear them I never did. 
 speak ? 
 
 To be to. 11. "Were they not to send No, sir, they were to send for 
 
 To send for. for the boats ? the sails. They went for the 
 
 To go for. boats this morning. 
 
 To expect. 12. What do you expect to I expect to study French, 
 
 do next winter ? Spanish, and Italian. 
 
 To be necessary. 13. What must be done to We can do nothing now. 
 To be able. assist him ? 
 
 To imagine. 
 
 To be willing. 
 
 14. He imagines he can do He does, but we all know 
 that, does he not ? that he cannot. 
 
 15. Let him read: 
 hinder him. 
 
 do not 
 
 We will let him read, if he 
 will let us write. 
 
 To like better. 
 To prefer. 
 
 To look at. 
 
 To prefer. 
 
 To have rather. 
 
 To be better. 
 
 To like better. 
 To prefer. 
 
 To come. 
 
 To dare. 
 To deny. 
 
 To seem. 
 
 To be to. 
 
 To have like to. 
 To be near. 
 
 To pretend. 
 
 16. Tour brother would like He always likes to play bet. 
 better to play than to ter than to study; he does 
 study, would he not ? not seem to know that it is 
 
 better to study than to play. 
 
 17. When you called me what I was looking at the soldiers 
 were you looking at ? pass. Did you not hear the 
 
 drums beating? 
 
 18. You would rather stay I would rather go than stay ; 
 than go, would you not ? it is better to go than to 
 
 stay here alone. 
 
 19. Did you not like to read I have always liked to write 
 better than to write ? better than to read. 
 
 20. Do you not see my sister I do not ; I see your aunt 
 coming ? coming. 
 
 21. Will they dare confess hav- They will deny having writ- 
 
 ing written without your ten. 
 consent ? 
 
 22. Does she seem to under- 
 
 stand what is said to her ? 
 
 23. What are you to do, to- 
 
 morrow ? 
 
 She seems to understand but 
 she will not answer. 
 
 I am to sell the goods and 
 return to the store early. 
 
 24. He was near falling a mo- He was, he would have fal- 
 
 ment ago, was he not? len had I not been near 
 
 him. 
 
 25. Do you pretend to know I do not pretend to know 
 
 the news ? the news you allude to. 
 
92 
 
 To acknowledge. 
 To be able. 
 
 To look at. 
 To return. 
 
 To know. 
 To wish. 
 
 To seem. 
 To wish. 
 
 To maintain. 
 
 To be better. 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 26. Does he acknowledge hav- 
 ing said it ? 
 
 27. "When you met him a week 
 ago at your uncle's, what did 
 he say? 
 
 He acknowledges having 
 spoken of the affair several 
 times. 
 
 He told me he could not tell 
 me how much money he 
 owed you, but that he 
 would tell your brother. 
 
 28. When I called you what I was looking at the sailors 
 were you looking at ? pass. 
 
 29. When will you return to 
 see us ? 
 
 We shall return to see you 
 the 11th of next month. 
 
 30. Do you know how to look I believe so : what word do 
 for a word in the dictionary ? you wish me to look for ? 
 
 31. You seem to be afraid of Come, come, you are jest- 
 coming in ; come in, why do ing, you know that I do 
 you not ? not wish to come in : if I 
 
 did I would. 
 
 32. He maintains he has read 
 the letter; do you believe him ? 
 
 I do not 
 not. 
 
 I maintain he has 
 
 33. Is it not better to start now I think it is better to start 
 than remain until it is quite now. 
 dark? 
 
 I shall not be able to come 
 before half-past eleven. 
 
 I have just received a letter 
 from him : lie says be would 
 have paid for them a month 
 ago, if he had known where 
 to write to you. 
 
 Xobody does ; we all intend 
 to go to your cousin's after 
 dinner, unless you prefer 
 going after tea. 
 
 brother's patients, but he 
 wrote to me a moment ago 
 that he intended going to 
 see them himself. 
 
 I was to board at Mrs. Blan- 
 chard's, but as I have just 
 
 To be able. 
 
 34. Will you come and see me 
 late or early ? 
 
 To see. 
 
 35. Do you see anybody com- 
 ing ? " 
 
 To be willing. 
 To prefer. 
 
 36. If he will not pay for the 
 books, send them back to me. 
 I prefer selling them to some- 
 body else. 
 
 To intend. 
 Togo. 
 To prefer. 
 
 37. Who intends to go and take 
 a walk after breakfast ? 
 
 Togo. 
 To be to. 
 To intend. 
 
 38. What are you going to do 
 in the course of the after- 
 noon? 
 
 To intend. 
 To be to. 
 
 39. Where do you intend to 
 board ? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 To like better. 40. Do you like staying here 
 
 To prefer. better than going out ? 
 
 93 
 
 been told that she has no 
 more room in her house, I 
 am to board where you 
 were to board last year. 
 
 I do. 
 
 NO. XXI. 
 Use of the Subjunctive, 
 
 EXEMPLIFIED IN NINE GENERAL CASES. 
 
 No. 1. The Verbs: 
 Aimer mieux. To like better. To prefer. Preferer. To prefer. 
 
 Approuver. To approve. Souhaiter. To wish. 
 
 Consentir. To consent. Souffrir. < *To suffer. 
 
 Defendre. To forbid. Supporter. ' \ *To bear. 
 
 Desirer. To desire. Trouver ban. To think it right. 
 
 Demander. To demand. To ask. Trouver mauvais. To think it wrong. 
 
 Exiger. To require. Trouver apropos. To think it proper. 
 
 Ordonner. To order. S'ttonner. To be astonished. 
 
 Permettre. To permit. Vouloir. To wish. To want, — 
 
 as well as any other verbs, or any other portions of a leading phrase, used in 
 the sense of the preceding verbs, to express — 
 
 "Wish or will, Consent, Doubt, Hindrance 
 
 Surprise, Prohibition, Contradiction, Fear, 
 
 Astonishment, Command, Expectation, Apprehension, 
 
 require that the verb in the subordinate or consecutive part of the sentence should 
 be put in the subjunctive. Que must be used after the leading clause in every in- 
 stance, without any regard to the English construction, as : 
 
 I deny your having arrived first. Je nie que vous soyez arrive le premier. 
 
 In order to determine in which tense of the subjunctive to put the verb that 
 follows the que, observe the following rules : 
 
 Rule 1. When the first verb is in the present or future of the indicative, the 
 verb which follows the que must be in the subjunctive present, as : 
 Je veux que vous It sachiez. I wish you to know it. 
 
 II voudra que vous le sachiez. He will wish you to know it. 
 Nous permettons qvCil aillt. We permit him to go. 
 
 Nous exigerons que vous veniez. We shall require you to come. 
 
 Rule. 2d. When the First verb is in either of the Past Tenses or in either of the 
 Conditionals, put the Second verb in the Imperfect of the Subjunctive, as : 
 
 * When used in the sense of to tolerate. 
 
94 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 H a exige \ 
 
 II exigeait > que vous h sussiez. He required you to know it. 
 
 11 exigea ) 
 
 II exigerait que vous le sussiez. He would require you to know it. 
 
 ti at eX,ige \^ ue vous parlassiez. He would have required you to speak. 
 
 N". B. It must be remembered that the verbs under the present Rule, require 
 the Subjunctive, whether used affirmatively or otherwise. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 1. I deny your having arrived first. 
 
 2. I approve of your taking precautions against the bad faith of your debtors. 
 
 3. All your friends will be surprised at your having left the Capital without tak- 
 ing leave of your relatives. 
 
 4. Tour brother wishes to enter the army: I should prefer his entering the navy. 
 
 5. Your father consents that you should take a trip to Paris with me next year. 
 
 6. I have forbidden my servants to allow him to enter my house. 
 
 7. That man asks to be permitted to rest a moment. 
 
 8. If you wish me to go and see you, do me the favor to send me your carriage. 
 
 9. My mother requires me to be up every day before six. 
 
 10. The President has wished that the witnesses be heard. 
 
 11. The king has allowed the ambassadors to be introduced. 
 
 12. This morning you wished me to tell you the truth ; I will tell it you now 
 without any disguise whatever. 
 
 13. My mother wished me to write to you to express her dissatisfaction. 
 
 14. That man is so cowardly that he suffers himself to be abused ; he would 
 even suffer himself to be beaten. 
 
 15. You say that you thought it wrong that I should have taken your son to the 
 theatre. 
 
 16. I am astonished that your son should not see the danger to which he is ex- 
 posed. 
 
 17. My wish is that you should remain at your boarding-school until vacation. 
 
 18. This morning the colonel gave the order that the regiment should march on 
 the first or second of March. 
 
 19. If your intention is to be admitted into good society, you will think it proper 
 for me to tell you to behave better than you do. 
 
 20. "Will you allow me to go and see him and buy the books ? 
 
 21. I will allow you to go and see him, but I cannot allow you to purchase such 
 books. 
 
 No. 2. The Leading Verb used Negatively. 
 Leading verbs and clauses not expressing contradiction, hindrance, command, doubt, 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 95 
 
 consent, prohibition, expectation, will, fear or apprehension, do not require the 
 subordinate verb following the que to be put in the subjunctive, unless used nega- 
 tively, when the subordinate verb must be put in the subjunctive. 
 
 Ex. Jepense qu'il viendra. I think he will come. 
 
 Jenepensepas qu'il viennc. I do not think he will come. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 1. He has no longer a sore hand ; I think he can write now. 
 
 2. His hand is sore ; I do not think he can write before next week. 
 
 3. I believe your father will consent to your marriage with my cousin. 
 
 4. I do not believe that your father will consent to your marriage. 
 
 5. She suspects the thieves will enter the house, but she does not suspect that 
 you know that they are to enter it. 
 
 6. You say that he knows his lessons, do you not ? 
 
 7. As I never supposed that he knew them, I do not think I said so ; if I did I 
 have forgotten it. 
 
 8. It is certain your mother will come this morning. 
 
 9. It is not certain that she will come. 
 
 10. It is presumed that the governor will respite him. 
 
 11. People do not presume that he will respite him. 
 
 12. It appears that he set out this morning. 
 
 13. It does not appear that he set out. 
 
 No. 3. — Leading Verb used Interrogatively. 
 
 The verb of the subordinate proposition is put in the subjunctive when the lead- 
 ing verb, followed by que, is Interrogative, because phrases of this nature express 
 doubt, uncertainty, &c. 
 
 But if the interrogation be used to ascertain whether the person interrogated 
 possesses the knowledge of a circumstance that has occurred, that is certain, and 
 concerning which there can be no doubt, the subordinate verb is put in the indica- 
 tive. 
 
 APPLICATION, 
 
 interrogative verb followed by interrogative verb followed by 
 
 subjunctive. indicative. 
 
 1. Is it certain that your brother will go 1. Do you know that your brother has 
 to town this winter ? been in town these three days ? 
 
 2. Do you think your sister will come to 2. Have you be°n told that your sister 
 Paris before the end of the month ? will be here before the end of the 
 
 summer ? 
 
96 
 
 TABLTLAJR SYSTEM. 
 
 3. How could I have suspected that they 
 would get angry? 
 
 4. Do you presume it will be warmer to- 
 morrow than it is to-day ? 
 
 Did you learn this morning that they 
 got angry beyond any doubt ? 
 
 Do you perceive that it is much 
 warmer to-day than yesterday ? 
 
 No. 4. — The verb etre, followed by an adjective or a participle expressing an emo- 
 tion of the mind, such as joy, discontent, indignation, &c, requires the subjunctive 
 after the que in the subordinate clause. 
 
 APPLICATION". 
 
 LEADING PHRASE. 
 
 Etre Men aise. 1. I am very glad that you have heard from him. 
 
 Etre satis/ait. 2. I am satisfied that you have followed my counsels. 
 
 Etre content. 3. I am content that your sister is gone. 
 
 Etre fdche. 4. I was sorry that you were sick. 
 
 Etre indigne. 5. I am full of indignation that the crew has behaved so 
 
 Etre outre. badly. 
 
 Etre hcureux. 6. I am happy that you have succeeded in getting the books 
 
 back through your agent. (Se /aire rendre une chose par 
 une personnel) 
 
 Subjunctive after Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 No. — 5. The subordinate verb is put in the subjunctive after impersonal verbs, 
 or verbs used impersonally, such as : 
 
 Best. 
 
 
 It is. 
 
 II est a desirer. 
 
 It is desirable 
 
 Ilfaut. 
 II importe. 
 
 
 It is necessary. 
 It matters, is im- 
 
 II est a propos. 
 II est temps. 
 
 It is proper. 
 It is time. 
 
 II convient. 
 
 
 portant. 
 It is suitable. 
 
 II est juste. 
 
 It is right. 
 
 &c. 
 
 II suffit. 
 
 
 It is sufficient. 
 
 
 
 II vaut mieux 
 U plait a. 
 
 
 It is better. 
 It pleases. 
 
 SVe must except, 
 sonal verbs : 
 
 however, the i 
 
 II est possible. 1 
 Tl se p'eut. ) 
 II peutse faire. 
 
 It is possible. 
 It may be. 
 
 II resulte. 
 II paralt. 
 II s'ensuit. 
 
 It results. 
 It appears. 
 It follows. 
 
 And likewise all impersonal forms in the composition of which there is an ad- 
 jective or participle expressing an idea of positiveness, such as : 
 II est certain. It is certain. H est vrai. It is true. 
 
 H est evident. It is evident. II est sur. It is sure. 
 
 II est constant. It is. unquestionable. II est provxe. It is proved. 
 
TABULAR aYSTEM. 
 
 97 
 
 H est a croire. ^ 
 II est croyable. ) 
 II est visible. 
 Il est presumable. 
 II est probable. 
 II est apparent. 
 
 It is to be believed. 
 
 It is visible. 
 It is presumable. 
 It is probable. 
 It is apparent. 
 
 II est avere. 
 II est assure. 
 II est recovnu. 
 II est convenu. 
 Ac. 
 
 It is averred. 
 It is assured. 
 It is known. 
 It is agreed. 
 
 &c. 
 
 These verbs and impersonal modes of speech require the subordinate verb to be 
 put in the indicative, unless used negatively or interrogatively. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 1. When we live in abundance, it is rare 
 
 that we attend to the misery of those 
 around us. 
 
 2. To avoid complaints, everybody must 
 
 do his duty. 
 
 3. It is suitable that you should go and 
 
 speak to them. 
 
 4. It is important that your father should 
 
 be informed immediately of your 
 illness. 
 
 5. It was fortunate for the crew that the 
 
 captain was an experienced sailor. 
 
 6. It is queer that you arrived at the 
 
 very moment when I was assured 
 you were a hundred miles off. 
 
 7. It will suffice, without doubt, for you 
 
 to know the will of your father, to 
 hasten to do his bidding. 
 
 8. It pleased your mother that her ser- 
 
 vants should be in her room every 
 morning at half-past eleven, did it 
 not? 
 
 9. If it pleased your father to have the 
 
 trees cut down, you would be 
 obliged to do it. 
 
 10. It is unfortunate that your brother 
 does not know Latin. 
 
 11. Tour uncle may come to see me to- 
 
 morrow. 
 
 12. Your cousin is going to enter the 
 
 army ; it would be better for him to 
 enter the navy. 
 
 7 
 
 1. It is certain that that man who lives 
 
 in abundance does not attend to the 
 wants of those around him. 
 
 2. Since nobody complains, it results 
 
 that everybody does his duty. 
 
 3. I went yesterday ; it results that they 
 
 are satisfied. 
 
 4. It is unquestionable that your father 
 
 is informed of your recovery. 
 
 5. The crew is well commanded ; it is 
 
 true that the captain is an experien- 
 ced sailor. 
 
 6. It is averred that I arrived at the very 
 
 moment when I was thought to be 
 two hundred leagues off. 
 
 7. It is to be presumed that when you 
 
 know the will of your father, you 
 will hasten to do his bidding. 
 
 8. It is known by everybody that your 
 
 mother wished her servants to be 
 in the kitchen every morning before 
 six. 
 
 9. It is probable that your father will 
 
 have the trees cut down, if you do 
 not do it yourself. 
 
 10. It is notorious that your brother does 
 
 not know a word of Latin. 
 
 11. It is agreed that your uncle will call 
 
 upon you next week. 
 
 12. Your brother does not like the army ; 
 it is certain that the career of arms 
 does not suit him. 
 
OS 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 
 
 13. It is proper that that young man 13. It is presumable that he was warned 
 should be warned not to part with in time not to part with his books, 
 his books. 
 
 14. I may receive the order in the course 14. It appears that you have receiv- 
 of the month. ed the order. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 15. It results from the information that 
 they have received the order. 
 
 16. It appears that the order was coun- 
 termanded. 
 
 11. It follows from this that they will 
 come. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 15. It does not result from the informa- 
 tion that the order was sent. 
 
 16. It does not appear that the order 
 was countermanded. 
 
 17. It does not follow from this that 
 they will come. 
 
 NO. 6. — USE OF SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES qi(i» qUC 9 dOllt AXD OW . 
 
 The above relatives govern the subjunctive in four different cases. 
 
 First case. 
 
 When preceded by a superlative relative, by its nature expressing the superiority 
 of the thing spoken of in the highest degree, as : 
 
 Le plus beau, The finest. Le moindre, 
 
 Le plus fort, The strongest. Le meilleur, 
 
 Le plus grand, The greatest. Le mains fort, 
 
 Le moins beau, The least handsome. Le plus petit, 
 &c. &c. 
 
 The least. 
 The best. 
 The least strong. 
 The smallest. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 1. The noblest virtue a man can possess is beneficence. 
 
 2. The most honorable reward that a virtuous and truly patriotic general expects 
 from his fellow-citizens is their esteem. 
 
 3. Tour sister is the wittiest lady that I know 
 
 4. The best pistols I have seen are of American manufacture. 
 
 5. There are many bodies in the heavens, but the sun is the largest we perceive. 
 
 6. The Cid is the best tragedy we have, and the Tartuffe is the finest comedy 
 Moliere ever wrote. 
 
 1. The movements of the planets are the most regular that we know. 
 
 8. The shortest course you have to take is to leave the country. 
 
 9. He charges high for the least thing he does. 
 
 10. Your idleness is the least thing your master complains of. 
 
 11. The healthiest country your sister can be taken to is Italy. 
 
 12. France is the most military nation there is in Europe. 
 
 13. This horse is the strongest that has reached the camp. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. »» 
 
 Exception. 
 If, however, the superlative is followed by a regimen indirect, the indicative 
 must be used. 
 
 APPLICATION 
 
 14. The sun is the largest of the bodies that we perceive in the heavens. 
 
 15. This tortoise is the largest of all those which have reached this country. 
 
 16. This tree is the tallest of all those that I have seen. 
 
 17. Your niece is the most beautiful of all the women that I. know. 
 
 NO. 7. — USE Or SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES Qtrf, qtt€, dotlt AND Oil. 
 
 Second case. 
 
 The verb following one of the relative pronouns qui, que, dont and ou, is put in 
 the subjunctive whenever those relatives are preceded by one of the following in- 
 definite pronouns : 
 
 Per sonne, Nobody. Quelque, Any. 
 
 Pas un, Not one. Rien, Nothing. 
 
 Aucun, No (before noun). Qui que ce soit, "Whoever, whomsoever. 
 
 And likewise before the following modes of speech : 
 
 U n'y a aucun (noun) quekonque. There is no (noun) whatever. 
 
 Tlriy a (noun) quelconque. id. id. 
 
 II riy a que. There is only, but 
 
 II n'y a rien. ) 
 
 _ , } There is nothing. 
 
 II nest rien. ) 
 
 II n'y a aucun. There is none. 
 
 II n'y a guere. There are but few. 
 
 I y a pen. There are few. 
 
 II n'y a point or pas. There is or are no (noun). There is or 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 1. I know nobody who is as happy as you, and who at the same time takes so 
 much pleasure in complaining. 
 
 2. Your father is so sensible that there exists nobody whose advice and approba- 
 tion should be more sought after; I know nobody who values honest people 
 more than he. 
 
 3. There is no reason whatever that can oblige me to leave you. 
 
 4. You complain of that young man, I know not why, for I have seen nothing 
 that can be blamed in his conduct. 
 
 5. Do you know any person who is of this opinion ? 
 
 6. Of whomsoever you speak, avoid slander. 
 
 7. There is nothing on the earth that is not for the use of man. 
 
 8. There is nothing that I will not do to oblige you. 
 
100 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 9. It is only the beneficent being that can know the happiness that is enjoyed in 
 relieving the unfortunate. 
 
 10. Whoever sends for me, you will say that I am too busy to appear. 
 
 11. There is no power whatever that will oblige me to do that. 
 
 12. Among all the brave men who have honored their country, there is not one 
 who has more right to our admiration than your general. 
 
 13. There is scarcely any other but you who can get me out of the scrape. 
 
 14. There are few women who do not take pleasure in hearing themselves flattered ; 
 there are none who complain of a compliment. 
 
 15. There are but few American soldiers who are not ready to sacrifice their fives 
 for their country. 
 
 16. There are few wines that please me as much as these. 
 
 17. There is no country where people enjoy greater liberty than in the United 
 States j it is only in that country that the people are truly independent. 
 
 18. I know no man who is as versed as he in the dead languages. 
 
 KO. 8. — USE OP SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES qil\* qilfy doilt AND OU. 
 
 Third case. 
 
 The verb following one of the relatives qui. que, dont and ou, is put in the sub- 
 junctive when these relatives are preceded by one of the ordinal numbers, le 
 premier, le second, le troisieme. &c, or by one of the adjectives, le seuL, Tunique, 
 the only or the only one. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 1. You blame your uncle's conduct : you are the first not to do him justice. 
 
 2. Out of one hundred friends that I have in this city, you are the first that I have 
 met for three months. 
 
 ?>. He is not the first man whom I have seen sacrifice his interests to his self- 
 love. 
 
 4. Of all his friends, can you be the only one upon whom I cannot rely ? 
 
 5. Tour sister is the only woman in this city that does not give occasion to speak 
 of her. 
 
 6. Seize this opportunity, the only one you will be able to find. 
 
 7. Burgundy is not the only country where good wine is made. 
 
 8. It may be said that the dog is the only animal whose fidelity is unshaken. 
 
 SO. 9. — USE OP SUBJUNCTIVE AFTER THE RELATIVES Qlffi, qU€. dotlt AJTD OU. 
 
 Fourth case. 
 
 The verb following one of the relatives qui. que, dont and ou. is put in the sub- 
 junctive, when by this verb we wish to express something involving doubt, uncer- 
 tainty or futurity. 
 
 When the verb following one of these relatives expresses something positive. 
 «uch verb is put in the indicative. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 101 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 RELATIVES FOLLOWED BY SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 1. He wishes a peace with which every 
 
 party shall be satisfied, which shall 
 put an end to all jealousies, which 
 shall appease all resentments, and 
 which shall cure all distrust. 
 
 2. Who is the man who will make the 
 
 sacrifice of his interests to the 
 friendship or the love of his neighbor? 
 
 3. You believe, perhaps, that you are 
 
 the only person from whom I can 
 expect assistance. 
 
 4. Could our enemies name a single man 
 
 who would not be ready to sacrifice 
 his life in this cause ? 
 
 5. You must give your father reasons 
 
 that will appear plausible to him. 
 
 6. I should like very much to be acquain- 
 
 ted with a guide who could conduct 
 me to the Rocky Mountains. 
 
 7. I am looking for an instructor who 
 
 shall be willing to take charge of 
 my son. 
 
 8. When I shall be old, I shall retire to 
 
 some country place where I may 
 five quietly. 
 
 9. If you marry, choose rather a wife 
 
 without fortune whom you may 
 love, than a rich woman who may 
 be indifferent to you. 
 
 10. Shall I find upon this road a hotel 
 where I can put up ? 
 
 RELATIVES FOLLOWED BY INDICATIVE. 
 
 1. He will make a peace with which all 
 
 parties will be satisfied, which will 
 put an end to all jealousies, which 
 will extinguish all resentments, and 
 which will banish all distrust. 
 
 2. The honest man is the one who makes 
 
 the sacrifice of his interests to the 
 love of his neighbor. 
 
 3. I apply to you as to the only person 
 
 from whom I can positively expect 
 assistance. 
 
 4. I could name thousands of men who 
 
 would not sacrifice their property 
 in that cause. 
 
 5. I shall give my father reasons that 
 
 will appear plausible to him. 
 
 6. I know a guide who will be able to 
 
 conduct you to the Rocky Moun- 
 tains. 
 
 1. I have found an instructor who is 
 kind enough to take charge of my 
 son for the present. 
 
 8. When I shall be old, I shall retire to 
 
 my country-seat, where I will live 
 quietly. 
 
 9. If I marry, I shall choose rather a 
 
 wife without fortune, whom I shall 
 love, than a rich wife who wo uld be 
 indifferent to me. 
 
 10. You will find upon this road an inn 
 where you will be able to put up. 
 
102 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 NO. XXII. 
 
 COURSE OF IDIOMS. 
 
 The following short course of idiomatical expressions, in which the learner is 
 apt to be mistaken, has been introduced during the last course of instruction, 
 principally with a view to accustom him to analyze French idiomatical turns of 
 phrase differing widely from the English forms used to express the same idea. 
 
 No. 1. — People, Peuple, Gens, Personnes, Monde. 
 
 People, meaning that aggregate body of human beings that compose a nation, 
 is expressed by peuple ; as: 
 
 The French people. Le peuphfran^ais. 
 
 The will of the people. La volonie du peuple. 
 
 People is also said of that number of persons without dignity who compose the 
 multitude ; as : 
 
 An insurrection of the people. Un soulevement du peuple. 
 
 People, used to denote a certain number of individuals, is expressed by gens, per- 
 sonnes or monde ; as : 
 
 There are a great many people in the II y a oeaueoup de monde dans la rue. 
 street. 
 But observe that gens is not used after a definite number ; we do not say, deux 
 ou trois gens, — two or three people ; we say, deux ou trois ptraonnes, except when 
 gens is attended by an adjective ; as : 
 
 Two or three honest people. Deux ou trois honnetes gens. 
 
 Five or six young men. Cinq ou six jeunes gens. 
 
 Observe also, that when gens is attended by an adjective, that adjective must be 
 feminine if it comes before gens, and masculine, if it comes after ; as : 
 Good people. De bonnes gens. 
 
 Civil people. Des gens civils. 
 
 Old people are suspicious. Les vieilles gens sont soupconneuz. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 1. — People. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Was not the president elected by the will He was elected by a great majority, six 
 of the people ? months after the first insurrection of 
 
 the people. 
 
 Were there many people at the theatre There were more people in the street 
 
 last night ? than in the house. 
 
 Old people are suspicious, are they not? They are generally so, but it would be 
 
 wrong to say that they are all so. 
 
 How many young people do you know ? I know seven or eight young people in 
 
 this vicinity; your brother knows 
 two charming young ladies. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 103 
 
 No. 2. — Country, Pays, Campagne, Patrie, Contrte. 
 
 Pays is said of a large extent of country, such as the dominions of a government, 
 a country, or a province. 
 
 Campagne is said of a certain extent of fields, and is the opposite of ville, town, 
 as: 
 
 France is a fine country. La France est un beau pays. 
 
 I prefer the country to the town. Je prefere la campagne a, la ville. 
 
 Contree is said of a certain extent of country, more or less great, considered un- 
 der some physical relation, making a distinct whole of it, as : 
 
 A sandy country. Une contree sablonneuse. 
 
 He lived a long time in the icy regions II a longtemps habite les contrees glaciales 
 
 of the north. du nord. 
 
 It is sometimes used in a more general sense, as: 
 To wander from country to country. Errer de contree en contree. 
 
 Patrie is the native land, as : 
 
 In poor countries, the climate of which Dans des contrees pauvres, dont le climat 
 is ungenial, we see men cherish their est rude, on voit les hommes cherir leur 
 native land. patrie. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 No. 2. — Country. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 France is a fine country, is it not ? It is ; when I was there I usually spent 
 
 a part of the summer in the country. 
 
 Do you not prefer the country to the I do; but I never have time to stay 
 town ? long in the country. 
 
 Can there be a greater crime than to It is very difficult to justify the man 
 bear arms against one's country? who would thus seem to betray his 
 
 country. 
 
 Did not those exiles live a long time in They did ; and in those poor countries, 
 the icy regions of the north ? the climate of which is ungenial, they 
 
 noticed that the inhabitants cherished 
 their native land. 
 
 No. 3. — Mouth, Bouche, Gueule. 
 
 Bouche is the human mouth. 
 
 Bouche is also used in speaking of horses and of a few other animals, and of 
 beasts of burden and draught, as : 
 
 La bouche d'un chcval. 
 
 La bouche d'un dne. 
 
 La bouche d'un elephant. 
 
104 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 La bouche d?un singe. 
 La bouche oVun mulet. 
 La bouche dun chameau. 
 La bouche d'un bceuf &c 
 
 For the greater part of other animals, and especially for those of the lower or- 
 ders, gueule is used, as : 
 
 La gueule d'un loup. 
 
 La gueule oVun chien. 
 
 La gueule (Tun requin. 
 
 La gueule (Tune truite. 
 Stn. — Bouche s'emploie toutes les fois quHl n 'est pas question de marquer la voracite. 
 
 Gueule s ) applique plus part iculiercment aux animaux qui ne vivent que de chair. 
 "What is the matter with you ? Qu'avez-vous ? 
 
 What is the matter with your hand ? Qu'avez-vous a la main f 
 
 Tour hand looks sore. Vous avez Voir d? avoir mal a la main. 
 
 It is sore. JTy ai mal. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 3. — Mouth. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 What is the matter with your mouth ? it It is very sore ; we all poisoned our 
 looks sore. It is, is it not ? mouths when we were in the country 
 
 a fortnight ago. 
 
 Were not the dogs carrying the meat in No, the butcher had tied it on their 
 their mouths ? backs. 
 
 That bit will hurt your horse's mouth, 
 will it not ? 
 
 It will ; I do not intend to use it ; his 
 mouth is already sore. His last bit 
 was a great deal too large ; I had it 
 altered too late. 
 
 No. 4. — Time, Temps, Fois, Mesure. 
 
 The word time, denoting any period or space, is expressed by temps, as : 
 
 It is time to set out. II est temps de partir. 
 
 This time we shall not be there in time. Cettefois-ci nous n'y serous pas a temps. 
 
 But the word time is sometimes used to limit the action of the verb, or to denote 
 the repetition of the action, as ; the first time, this time, another time, several 
 times, &c, and it is then expressed by fois, f., as: 
 
 Pardon me for this time. Pardonnez-moi pour cette fois. 
 
 I will do it better another time. Je le feral mieux une autre fois. 
 
 How many times did you write? Combien defois avez-vous ecrit? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 105 
 
 Does he understand time ? 
 
 To be in tune. Etre d'accord. 
 
 To be out of tune. Ne pas etre d 1 accord. 
 
 To sing in tune. Chanter juste. 
 
 To sing out of tune. Chanter faux. 
 
 Sait-il la mesure 1 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 4. — Time 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Is it not time to set out? 
 
 It is i.ot quite time to set out ; however, 
 let us go; this time we shall be in 
 time. 
 
 Pardon me this time ; I will do it better I ha% e told you so many times not to do 
 another time. what you have just done, that it is 
 
 impossible for me to forgive you. 
 
 How does your pupil play now? I am He has a fine tone on the flute and clari- 
 told he plays on several instruments. onet, but I have never been able to 
 
 make him understand time. 
 
 Ho w does that young lady play the piano ? Yery well; she also plays very well 
 
 on the guitar, but she sings out of 
 tune. 
 
 Is her piano in tune ? 
 
 It is not ; it has been out of tune these 
 six months. The tuner will be here 
 the day after to-morrow. 
 
 No. 5. — Year, An, Annee. 
 
 An is an indefinite expression which serves rather to denote the period than its 
 duration ; it is chiefly used after the cardinal numbers, un, deux, &c, as : un an, 
 deux ans, trois ans, &c. 
 
 Annee, on the contrary, implies duration, and will admit of different modifications ; 
 so when year is attended by an article, an adjective, or another noun, it is generally 
 expressed by annee, as : 
 
 This year. 
 
 A good year. 
 
 A great number of years. 
 
 A whole year. 
 
 To wish a happy new-year to any one. 
 
 New-year's day. 
 
 Cette annee-ci. 
 
 Une bonne, une heureuse annee. 
 
 Un grand nombre d'annees. 
 
 Toute une annee. 
 
 Souhaiter la bonne annee a quelqu'un. 
 
 Le jour de Van. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 5. — Y EAR. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Were you not here two or three years I was here four years ago, and I recollect 
 
 ago 
 
 spending a very happy year. 
 
106 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Does not the word annce require to be 
 qualified by the events which have 
 filled its duration? 
 
 Did you pay many visits on New-year's 
 day? To how many persons did you 
 wish a happy New-year ? 
 
 It does ; I will give you an example : 
 " "We have had a very rainy year." 
 " Last month was a very rainy one." 
 " Last year was a very rainy one." 
 
 I did not pay more than ten or eleven : 
 next year I shall visit all my friends 
 during the year. 
 
 No. 6. — Day, Jour, Journee. 
 
 Les remarques sur An et Annie, s'appliquent a Jour et a Journee. Le dictionnaire 
 des Synonimes de la langue francaise dit que : a Le mot Jour marque une epoque, determine 
 Vetendue d'une duree. La Journee est envisagee comme une duree determinee et divisi- 
 hie en plusieurs parties, a laquelle on rapporte les evenements qui peuvent s'?/ rencontrer. 
 La Journee est Vespace de temps qui s'ecoule depuis Vheure ou Von se leve, jusqu } d Vheure 
 ou, Von se couche." Ex. : 
 
 Quand le temps est serein et doux, il fait une belle journee. 
 Quand viendrez-vous passer la journee avec moi 1 
 
 Journee is also applied in speaking of a day signalized by some remarkable event, 
 as : La journee d 1 Austerlitz. And speaking of a battle, we say : " Ce fut une 
 sanglante journee. 11 " On desesperait du succes de la journee." 
 
 Afternoon — Apres-diner, m. 
 Apres-dine, m. 
 Apres-midi, f. 
 Apres-dinee, f. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 6. — Day. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 How did you spend the day when you 
 went into the country last week ? 
 
 It was fine weather this morning, was it 
 
 not? 
 I was sorry that I could not go out ; I 
 
 was obliged to remain at home all the 
 
 morning ; did you go out ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I did not remain there the whole day ; I 
 remained there, however, the whole 
 morning. 
 
 It was very fine. It was very fine all day. 
 
 I did not ; by the way, shall we see you 
 this evening ? I need not tell you who 
 is to spend the evening with us, need 
 I? 
 
 No. 7. — Morning, Matinee. Evening, Soir, Soiree. 
 
 It is the same with matin, matinee ; soir and soiree, as it is with jour, journee. 
 Matin is said of the first, and soir of the last part of the day ; but they do not im- 
 ply any idea of duration. Matinee, on the contrary, implies the whole time from 
 daylight till noon ; but it is generally understood to be from the time that people 
 get up till twelve o'clock at noon. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 107 
 
 Soiree implies the whole time of darkness till twelve o'clock at night, or till 
 people retire. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 It was fine this morning. II faisait beau ce matin. 
 
 I have studied all the morning. J'ai etudie toute la matinee. 
 
 Shall we see you this evening ? Vous verrons-nous ce soir ? 
 
 I shall spend the evening with you. Je passerai la soiree chez vous. 
 
 N". In saluting, we say bonjour for good morning ; bonsoir for good-night, in 
 the early part of the night ; and bonne nuit, when the night is far advanced. 
 
 Where did he sleep ? Ou a-t-il couche ? 
 
 "Where did he lie down ? Ou s'est-il couche ? 
 
 To go to bed early. Se coucher de bonne heure. 
 
 To be up late. Se coucher tard. 
 
 By the watch. A la montre. 
 
 Town-clock. Eorloge, f. 
 
 Parlor-clock. Pendule, f. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 7. — Morning. Evening. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Where did he sleep last night? He spent the whole night at the ball. 
 
 Will you go to the play this evening ? Not this evening : I intend to go to bed 
 
 early to-night ; I was at the ball last 
 night and up very late. 
 
 It is twelve o'clock, is it not ? It is a quarter-past twelve by my watch, 
 
 how late is it by the clock ? — By the 
 clock it is a quarter-past one. 
 
 You intend to sit up to-night, do you not ? How can I ? I was up too late last night, 
 
 and the night before also. 
 
 No. 8. — Night, Nuit, Soir. 
 
 If by night you mean the whole time of darkness on the part of the earth which 
 we inhabit, you express it in French by nuit, as : 
 
 Ou a-t-il couche la nuitpassee? II a passe toute la nuit au bal. 
 
 If by night you mean only the first part of darkness, which is otherwise called 
 evening, you express it by soir, as : 
 
 Will you go to the play to-night? Irez-vous au spectacle ce soir 1 
 
 Were you at the ball last night ? Etiez-vous au bal hier soir ? 
 
 Last night is often expressed by cette nuit, as : 
 
 I did not sleep well last night. Je riai pas bien dormi cette nuit {qui 
 
 vient de passer, understood). 
 
108 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 N o. 8. — Night. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 At what o'clock did you go to bed last I was up very late ; it wanted a quarter 
 
 night? 
 
 I had spent the evening at your bro- 
 ther's ; where did you spend yours ? 
 
 "Were you not here last night ? 
 
 to one when I went to bed. 
 
 I went to the theatre, and left about a 
 quarter past twelve ; I was not in bed 
 before a quarter to two. 
 
 I was not ; were you ? 
 
 No. 9. — To have, Expressed by Etre. 
 
 The auxiliary verb have is expressed by the same tense and person of etre, when 
 it comes before any of the following past participles : 
 
 Agreed. 
 
 Convenu.* 
 
 Deceased. 
 
 decede. 
 
 Arrived. 
 
 Arrive. 
 
 Disagreed. 
 
 Disconvenu. 
 
 Become. 
 
 Devenu. 
 
 Fallen. 
 
 Tombe. 
 
 Befallen. 
 
 Survenu. 
 
 Gone. 
 
 Ml 
 
 Born. 
 
 Ne. 
 
 Returned. 
 
 Revenu. 
 
 Come. 
 
 Yenu. 
 
 Set out. 
 
 Parti. 
 
 Come in. 
 
 Entre. 
 
 Succeeded. 
 
 Parvenu. 
 
 Dead. 
 
 Mort. 
 
 Become again. 
 
 Redevenu. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Je suis parti de trop bonne heure. 
 II est convenu de U faire. 
 Nous sommes arrives a temps. 
 Tons etes revenus trop tot. 
 lis sont alles trop loin. 
 
 Demeure, used for lived, dwelt, requires avoir, and for remained, sto.yed, it requires 
 etre, as: 
 
 He has lived in Paris. 77 a demeure a Paris. 
 
 He has stayed in Paris. II est demeure a Paris. 
 
 The following participles take indifferently, avoir or etre : 
 
 I set out too early. 
 He agreed to do it. 
 "We arrived in time. 
 You returned to* soon. 
 They went too far. 
 
 * When convenu means suited, it requires avoir, as : 
 That would have suited you very well. Cela vous aurait fort lien convenu. 
 
 N. B. The participles sorti, gone out, been out— passe, gone by— monte. gone up — deseendu 
 come down — require avoir or etre, according to the sense in which they are used. Etre is used 
 to express a state; avoir, to express an action, as: 
 
 Avoir. 
 My father has been out. Mon pere a sorti. 
 
 He has passed just by. 11 a passe pres d' ici. 
 
 He has ascended the hill. II a monte la colline. 
 
 He has come down the stairs. II a deseendu rescalier. 
 
 Eire. 
 He was gone out II eta it sorti. 
 
 He is gone by. II est passL 
 
 ne is gone up. II est rnonte. 
 
 He is come down. II est desctndu 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 109 
 
 A ccouru. 
 
 Run to. 
 
 Disparu. 
 
 Disappeared. 
 
 Peri. 
 
 Perished. 
 
 CrU. 
 
 Grown. 
 
 Apparu. 
 
 Appeared. 
 
 DecrL 
 
 Grown less. 
 
 Comparu. 
 
 Appeared. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 
 No. 9. — To have, Expressed by Etre. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I should have gone away if you had ar- 
 rived in time, as you had agreed to do. 
 
 They did not return too soon ; I had 
 hurt my leg when they came in. I 
 would not have walked this morning 
 for all the world. 
 
 Did you not say that the arrangement did I agree I said so ; nobody else agreed to 
 not suit your partner ? it. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Why did you not go away after hurting 
 
 yourself? 
 "Would you not have set out earlier if 
 
 they had not returned too soon ? 
 
 No. 10. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. 
 
 The verb to be is expressed by the same tense and person of avoir, when it is 
 followed by the adjectives hungry, thirsty, cold, warm, hot, denoting the natural feel- 
 ings ; or by the adjectives right, wrong, afraid, ashamed, &c, because nouns are 
 used in the French construction, as : 
 
 I am hungry. 
 He is thirsty. 
 His feet are cold. 
 She is warm. 
 Her hands are warm. 
 We are right. 
 They are wrong. 
 They are ashamed. 
 
 J'ai /aim. (I have hunger.) 
 
 II a soif. 
 
 II a froid aux pieds. 
 
 Elle a chaud. 
 
 Elle a chaud aux mains. 
 
 Nous avons raison. \ 
 
 lis ont tort. 
 lis ont honte. 
 
 de bef. verb. 
 
 The verb to be is also expressed by avoir, in speaking of the age, because in 
 these instances, as in the above, the French use a substantive instead of an ad- 
 jective. 
 
 Ex. How old are you ? 
 I am sixteen. 
 How old is your horse ? 
 He is over eight. 
 He will be ten next April. 
 
 I may be wrong, &c. 
 
 To warm one's hands by the stove. 
 
 To wash one's hands in warm water. 
 
 Not over warm. 
 
 To get a thing. 
 
 Quel age avez-vous ? 
 
 Tai seize ans. 
 
 Quel dge a votre cheval ? 
 
 II a huit ans passes. 
 
 II aura dix ans au mois d'avril prochain. 
 
 II est possible que faie tort. 
 Se chauffer les mains au poele. 
 Se laver les mains a Teau chaude. 
 Pas trop chaud. 
 Se procurer v,ne chose. Avoir nne ch. 
 
110 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 10. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 You say you are more hungry than thirs- 
 ty ; why do you not eat ? 
 
 You are wrong to say they were 
 
 ashamed to tell how old they were, 
 
 are you not ? 
 Warm your hands by the store, or else 
 
 wash them in warm water if you can 
 
 get any. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I am very hungry, but my feet are so 
 cold that I cannot eat before warming 
 them. 
 
 I may be wrong to say so, but I am sure 
 they are each more than eighty. 
 
 I don't think I can get any warm water ; 
 I shall have to warm them by the 
 stove — the stove is not over warm. 
 
 No. 11. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. (See Remarks connected 
 with No. 10.) 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 No. 11. — To be, Expressed by Avoir. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Will you be twenty next month ? I was twenty-one last month. 
 
 How old is that young lady ? She is between fifteen and sixteen, some 
 
 say she is only fourteen. 
 
 Is not your horse more than six ? He will be seven next spring. 
 
 Which is the older of those two young The fair one is the ' older, she is fifteen 
 ladies ? — the dark one is only twelve. 
 
 No. 12. — To be, Expressed by Faire. 
 
 The verb Be, attended by an adjective or a substantive denoting the state of the 
 weather or the atmosphere, is expressed by Faire, in French, in the same tense, 
 with il for its nominative, as : 
 
 How is the weather ? 
 
 Is the weather fine ? 
 
 Yes, the weather is very fine. 
 
 It is rather warm. 
 
 It is very cold. 
 
 The weather has been bad lately. 
 
 It is not fine enough. 
 
 To be windy. 
 
 To be rainy. 
 . To be snowing. 
 
 To take a walk. 
 To tak a ride. 
 
 Quel temps fait-il ? 
 
 Fait-il beau temps f 
 
 Oui, ilfait tres-beau temps. 
 
 II fait unpeu chaud. 
 
 Ilfait tres-froid. 
 
 II a fait mauvais temps depute pen. 
 
 H ne fait pas assez beau. 
 Faire du vent. 
 Faire de la pluie. 
 Faire de la rteige. 
 Faire une promenade ; or, un tour de promenade. 
 Faire une promenade d cheval, en voiturc. etc 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Ill 
 
 To take a saiL 
 
 To be sunny. 
 
 To be foggy. 
 
 To be dark. 
 
 To be light. 
 
 To be fine 1 
 
 > weather. 
 To be bad J 
 
 To be cold. 
 
 To be warm. 
 
 To be very cold. 
 
 To be muddy. 
 
 To be slippery. 
 
 To thunder. 
 
 To lighten. 
 
 To be windy. 
 
 To be gloomy. 
 
 To be dry. 
 
 To be cool. 
 
 To be wet. 
 
 To be cloudy. 
 
 No. 12.- 
 
 Faire une promenade en bateau. 
 
 Faire du soleil. 
 
 Faire du brouillard. 
 
 Faire obscur. 
 
 Faire clair. 
 
 Faire beau ; or, beau temps. 
 
 Faire mauvais ; or, mauvais temps. 
 
 Faire froid. 
 
 Faire chaud. 
 
 Faire-tres-froid ; or, grand froid. 
 
 Faire crotte; or, de la crotte; or, de la boue. 
 
 Faire glissant. 
 
 Faire du tonnerre. 
 
 Faire des eclairs. 
 
 Faire du vent. 
 
 Faire sombre. 
 
 Faire sec. 
 
 Faire frais. 
 
 Faire humide. 
 
 Faire un temps couvert. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 -To be, Expressed by Faire. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 How is the weather ; is it fine enough to 
 walk? 
 
 Do you ride every day? 
 
 Do you take a sail when the weather is 
 fine? 
 
 You say you know how to ride well; 
 here, ride this horse. You may ride 
 him all day if you please. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 It is not fine enough to walk, but al- 
 though rather warm, it is fine enough 
 to ride. 
 
 The weather has been so bad lately 
 that I have neither walked nor ridden. 
 
 I never take a sail when the weather is 
 fine and when I can ride. I took a 
 long ride yesterday, and I intend to 
 take a longer one to-day. 
 
 I do not wish to ride that one ; he is too 
 fiery, he is very skittish. I am afraid 
 he will throw me. 
 
 No. 13. — To be, To do, Se porter. 
 The verbs Be and Do, used to denote the state of the body, are expressed by the 
 same tense and person of the reflected verb Se porter, as : 
 How are you ? Comment vous portez-vous f 
 
 How do you do ? Comment vous portez-vous ?* 
 
 * The French do not, like the English, thank those who inquire after their health. Instead of 
 "Je vous remercie" they say, " d voire service;' 1 '' or, "vous etes Men &yn;" "vous etes Men 
 honnete ;" "vous avez Men de la bontef or they return the compliment after the answer, by 
 saying, " et vous V 
 
112 
 
 I am pretty well, I thank you. 
 I have not been well. 
 How does your mother do ? 
 She is not exactly well. 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Je me porte assez bien, et vous ? 
 Je ne me suis pas lien porte. 
 Comment se porte madame votre mere ?* 
 Elle ne se porte pas trop bien. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 No. 13.— To be. To 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 How do you do this morning ? 
 
 You were not very well all last year, 
 were you ? 
 
 How is your mother ? She is better now, 
 is she not ? 
 
 DO. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I am pretty well, I thank you. 
 
 I was very well the whole year; my 
 brother was not exactly well. 
 
 She is somewhat better; she is to be 
 here in the course of the morning or 
 the afternoon. 
 
 No. 14. — To be to, Devoir. 
 
 The present tense of the verb to be to (I am to, thou art to, <fcc), and the imper- 
 fect (I was to, &o), followed by another verb in the infinitive, are expressed by the 
 same tense and person of the verb devoir, as : 
 
 I am to go home to-night. Je dois aller chez moi ce soir. 
 
 He is to come to-morrow. II doit venir demain. 
 
 He was to bring it to-day. U devait Vapporter aujouroVhui. 
 
 TO BE, NOT EXPRESSED IN FRENCH. 
 
 The infinitive to be, followed by a past participle, is not expressed in French, in 
 phrases of the following nature, viz. : 
 
 There is nothing to be seen. 
 He ordered his head to be cut off. 
 This house is to be let. 
 This stable is to be sold. 
 
 II n'y a rien a voir. 
 II luifit t rancher la tete. 
 On doit louer cette maison. 
 On doit vendre cette ecurie. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 14. — To BE TO, (I AM TO, I WAS TO, &C.). 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Are not your friends to be here to-mor- There is nothing to be seen; I do not 
 row, if they are all well ? think they will come; they may, 
 
 though. 
 
 * It is customary with the French, in mentioning the relations of the persons to whom they 
 are speaking, to add the words, Monsieur. Madame, Mademoiselle, etc.. as: 
 
 Comment se porte Monsieur votre pert t 
 
 Comment se porte Madame votre mere ' 
 
 Comment se porte Mademoiselle votre sceur t 
 When persons are intimate, this usage is not observed. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 113 
 
 Is this house to be let ? It is not ; it is to be sold. 
 
 Do you think it will be sold in the course It will, if the purchasers, who were to 
 of this afternoon ? be here an hour ago, arrive in time. 
 
 No. 15. — To be just, To have just, Venir de, Ne faire que de. 
 
 The verbs to have and to be, followed by the adverb just, to denote an action 
 that has taken place immediately before the time at which we are speaking, are 
 expressed by venir de, or ne faire que de, in the same tense and person as have or 
 be, the French verb after the preposition de being put in the infinitive. 
 
 I am just come. Je viens d'arriver ; or, Je ne fats que d'arriver. 
 
 Monfrere venait definir. 
 Man frere ne fesait que de finir. 
 
 N. B. Do not confound ne faire que de with ne faire que, which expresses another 
 idea, viz: To do nothing but. De added to the first makes the difference between 
 these two expressions. 
 
 My brother had just done. 
 
 APPLICATION". 
 NO. 15. — To BE JUST. TO HAVE JUST. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 "Were you not to receive letters in the I have just received two ; neither is for 
 course of the afternoon ? you. 
 
 Had your brother just done when you When I came in he had just begun : I 
 came in ? was told he had just arrived. 
 
 Why do you wish to have that house I do not wish to have it sold ; I have 
 sold ? just had it repaired and painted. 
 
 That young lady has just been playing She has ; she does nothing but play on 
 on the piano, has she not ? it the whole day long. 
 
 No.* 16. — Was near — Were near — Had like to — Penser, 
 
 Was near, were near, followed by a present participle, and had like, followed by 
 an infinitive, denote an action which was on the point of being effected, and are 
 expressed by the preterite definite or the compound of the present of penser or 
 manquer, according to the rule for the use of the past tense, as : 
 
 'ai pense, 
 'ai manque, 
 pensai, 
 
 Vous avez pense tomber. 
 
 Vous pensdtes tomber. 
 
 I was near dying. 
 
 I had like to have died. 
 
 You were near falling. 
 
 You had like to have fallen. 
 
 He was near being killed. 
 
 He had like to have been killed. 
 
 To run over. 
 
 He was run over. 
 
 To be nearly concluded. 
 
 To oppose a thing. 
 
 To die with mortification. 
 
 8 
 
 (Je 
 Voi 
 Vox 
 
 |- II a pense etre tue. 
 
 Passer sur le corps a, &c. 
 
 La voiture lui a passe sur le corps. 
 
 Penser se conclure. 
 
 S'opposer a une chose. 
 
 Mourir de chagrin. 
 
114 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 16. — Was near; Were near; Had like to. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 "Was he not near drowning in crossing He was ; when we saved him we had 
 
 the river ? just saved his companion. 
 
 You had like to have fallen, had you not? No, but I had like to have been run 
 
 over by the carriage. 
 
 The marriage was near being concluded, It was ; the relatives opposed it in 
 was it not ? time ; the lovers were near dying 
 
 with mortification. 
 
 No. 17.— 
 
 There is. 
 There are. 
 
 Ago. 
 
 It is since. 
 
 The above expressions, pointing out 
 personal verb T avoir, as : 
 
 Is there any news to-day ? 
 
 Are there flowers in his garden ? 
 
 How far is Calais from Paris ? 
 
 It is 150 miles. 
 
 Calais is 150 miles from Paris. 
 
 How long has he lived here ? 
 
 He has been here these 6 months. 
 
 It is 10 years since he was in France. 
 
 He was in France 10 years ago. 
 
 It is long since I have seen him. I 
 
 I have not seen him this long while. ( 
 
 I had not seen him for a twelvemonth. 
 
 It is far. This. \Ily a, 
 
 It is long. These. ) 11 y avait, &c. 
 
 period of time, are rendered by the im- 
 
 Y a-t-il des nouvelles aujourd'huif 
 
 Y a-t-il des fleurs dans sonjardin ? 
 Cornbien y a-t-il de Calais d Paris ? 
 Uy a cent cinquante milles. 
 
 II y a 150 milles de Calais a Paris. 
 Combien y a-t-il quHl demeure id ? 
 II y a 6 mois quHl est id. 
 II y a dix arts quHl etait en France. 
 H etait en France il y a dix ans. 
 
 II y a longtemps queje ne Vai vu.* 
 
 H y avait un an queje ne Vavais vu. 
 
 No. 17.— 
 
 QUESTIONS, 
 ^ome say he was in France ten years ago, 
 and that before he went he had lived 
 here nearly a year and a half; are they 
 right to say so? 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 
 There is. It is far. Ago. 
 
 This. 
 
 There are. It is long. It is since. 
 
 These 
 
 answers. 
 It is long since I have seen him ; your 
 brother, tvIio was here an hour ago, 
 knows him better than I do ; he may 
 be able to tell you. 
 
 * 11 y a — que — It is — since — requires ne before the following verb, when a negative turn may 
 be given to the English phrase. 
 
 It is long since I have seen him ; 
 or, I have not seen him this long while. 
 
 [*, 
 
 a longtemps que jt ne Vai vu. 
 
TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 115 
 
 Here is your horse* do you wish to ride 
 him now ? 
 
 There is a man who will mend it for you 
 in the twinkling of an eye. 
 
 If I wished it I could not; my saddle is 
 out of order ; there it is, go and get it 
 mended. 
 
 Why, you are right — that is the man I 
 wanted. 
 
 No. 18. 
 
 -I 
 
 Here is. Here are. This is. These are. ) Void. 
 There is. There are. That is. Those are. ) Voild, 
 
 Here is, here are, &c., pointing out any object, are expressed by Void. 
 
 There is, there are, &c, pointing out an object, are expressed by Voild, as ; 
 
 Here is, or this is your horse. Void votre cheval. 
 
 Here are your boots. Void vos bottes. 
 
 There is a man who wants you. Voild un hoirwie qui a besoin de vous. 
 
 N. B. — It is to be observed, that when the nominative of the verb which attends 
 i; /iere," "there," in the above sense, i. e., pointing out an object, is a personal pro- 
 noun, this nominative pronoun is changed into an objective pronoun in French, 
 and placed before Void, Voild; thus: 
 
 Here I am. 
 
 Here they are 
 
 Here he is. 
 
 There she is. 
 
 Here we are. 
 To let a person know a thing. 
 Nobody else. 
 So! 
 Here! 
 To get bound. 
 
 No. 18 
 
 -{ 
 
 Here is. 
 There is. 
 
 Me void. 
 
 Les void 
 
 Le void. 
 
 La voild. 
 
 Nous void 
 Faire savoir une chose a une personne, 
 Ne — personne autre. 
 Ah! Ah! 
 
 These are. 
 Those are. 
 
 Faire relier. 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 Here are. This is. 
 There are. That is. 
 
 questions. 
 There is the man who was here a quarter 
 of an hour ago ; he says you must pay 
 him a twelvemonth hence at farthest. 
 
 When did you let them know that the 
 general had arrived ? 
 
 Here I am ; what do you want of me ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Let him say what he pleases; let all 
 his friends say what they please ; I will 
 let them know when I am ready to 
 pay them. 
 
 I let them know it more than a week 
 ago, but I do not intend to let anybody 
 else know it before a fortnight. 
 
 So, there you are at last ; here, here are 
 your boots ; go and get them mended. 
 
 No. 19. — To make, Faire, rendre. 
 
 To make, meaning to perform some work, or some action, is expressed by faire 
 
 To make a box. 
 
 To make a noise. 
 
 To make great progress. 
 
 Faire une boite. 
 Faire du bruit. 
 Faire de grands progres. 
 
116 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 But to make, expressing, not the performance of an action, but the moral or na- 
 tural effects of one being on another, is expressed by rendre. (To make, followed 
 by an adjective, is expressed by rendre.) 
 
 Exercise makes the body healthy L'ezercice rend le corps sam. 
 
 Vice makes men unhappy. Le vice rend les hommes malhtureuz. 
 
 Misfortune has made him wise. Le malheur Va rendu sage. 
 
 To mistake another person's voice for Prendre la voix cT un autre pour la mienne. 
 
 ' mine. 
 
 To take exercise. Faire de Vezercice. 
 
 How is it, &c. Comment se fait-il que, &c. 
 
 (Following verb in the subjunctive.) 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 How many boxes did you make to-day ? 
 Did you not just tell me that those chil- 
 dren do nothing but play ? 
 
 Does not exercise make the body 
 healthy ? 
 
 Since vice makes men so unhappy, how 
 is it they do not shun it more ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I made but eleven. 
 
 How could I have told you so? I have 
 just come in ; you must have mistaken 
 another person's voice for mine. 
 
 It does; do you take much? 
 
 It is siugular they do not ; experience 
 does not seem to make them wiser. 
 
 Xo. 20. — To cause — To hate — To get — Faire. 
 
 The verbs cause and have, and get, in the sense of cause, meaning to order, or 
 procure a thing to be done, are expressed by the same tense and person of faire, 
 and the English participle which follows have or get, is expressed by the infinitive 
 in French, as : 
 
 I had him arrested. Je Vaifait arreter. 
 
 I shall have him punished. Je le feraipunir. 
 
 Get your watch mended. Faites raccommoder voire montre 
 
 To cause to be done or made, ) 
 
 To have or to get done or made. j- Faire faire — 
 
 To order or bespeak, ) 
 
 are expressed by the verb faire repeated, i. e., the first verb in the same tense and 
 
 person as cause, have, get, order, or bespeak, and the second verb in the infini 
 
 tire, as : 
 
 I am goiDg to get a watch made. 
 TThere will you get it made ? 
 I shall have it made in Paris. 
 
 To have a thing done or made for one's 
 
 self. 
 To have a thing lent one. 
 
 Je vais faire faire une montre. 
 Oil la ferez-vous faire f 
 Je la fera i fa ire Paris. 
 
 Se faire faire une chose. 
 Se faire prefer une chose. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 117 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 No. 20. — To cause. To have. To get. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Do you know who had your servant ar- 
 rested ? 
 
 Why do you not get your watch mend- 
 ed? 
 
 2. Not yet : lend me the one you made 
 
 the watch-maker return you when 
 
 you had your own repaired. 
 Your cartridges look dry ; hand me one 
 
 out of that bundle. My cartridge-box 
 
 is empty. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 The same man that had yours punished 
 a fortnight ago. 
 
 I am getting a new one made, and I 
 have had an old one lent me that goes 
 pretty well. Have you had yours re- 
 paired ? 
 
 3. You mean my Paris watch, do you 
 not? I have had it sent back to 
 Paris to have it mended there. ' 
 
 They are not all dry, though they look 
 so ; I could not get them all dried. 
 
 "No. 21. — To look, JZegarder, Paraitre, Avoir la mine, Avoir Vair. 
 
 To look at, meaning to consider, to view, is expressed by regarder, as : 
 Look at that horseman. Eegardez ce cavalier. 
 
 To look, meaning to seem, to appear, is paraitre, avoir Vair, avoir la mine, avoir 
 apparence, as : 
 
 That man looks very proud. 
 You look very well to-day. 
 That bread looks well. 
 How does the country look ? 
 To look for a person or a thing. 
 In (after a superlative). 
 Miserable bungler. 
 
 Cet homme a Vair bienfier. 
 
 Vous avez bonne mine aujouroVhui. 
 
 Ce pain par ait bon* 
 
 Quelle apparence a la campagne t 
 
 Chercher une personne, une chose. 
 
 De. 
 
 Miserable massacre. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 21. — To LOOK. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Who asked you to get those lads' coats 
 made? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Their father asked me ; he desired me to 
 tell you about it. I have been look^ 
 ing for you these two days: have 
 you had any made for them ? 
 
 * Or, ce pain a bonne mine. Mine is said of the look of persons, and likewise of things that 
 are eatable, as bread, meat, fruits, &c., but it cannot be said of other things. 
 
IIS 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM:. 
 
 2. I have not. There is no way to get 
 them made here : the best tailor in 
 the town is but a miserable bungler. 
 
 Look at your brother. He looks well to- 
 day, does he not ? 
 
 He looks much better than he did the 
 day before yesterday. He looks as 
 well as ever. 
 
 Emmsse — ne coupe pas. 
 
 No. 22. — To look, JRejarder, JParaitre, Avoir la mirbe. 
 
 (See Remarks, No. 21.) 
 
 To hand. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 Sharp. 
 
 To be out of worfc. 
 
 To taste good. 
 
 To taste of. 
 
 A slice. 
 
 Garlic. 
 
 K 'avoir pas oVouvrage. 
 Avoir ton goat 
 Avoir goat de. 
 Une tranche. 
 Ait, m. ; pi. Atilz. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 22.-— To look. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 That bread looks better than this; cut Hand me your knife, it looks better 
 me a slice. than mine ; mine is dull, though It 
 
 looks sharp. 
 Do you know what is the matter with He looks sad and discontented because 
 that man ? he looks very sad, does he he is out of work ; can't you get him 
 not ? some ? 
 
 That ham does not look fresh ; is it ? It not only looks fresh but it tastes very 
 
 good ; will you have a slice ? I assure 
 you it does not taste of garlic. 
 
 No. 23. — To suppose, Suppose?', Pemer, S'imaginer. 
 TTe say in French, as in English, " Supposer une chose, 11 to suppose a thing, i. e., 
 to take it as granted for the sake of argument, as : You suppose (take for granted) 
 a thing which is not probable. 
 
 Vous supposez une chose qui n'est pas probable. 
 
 But the verb suppose, so often used in English in the sense of to think, to fancy, 
 to imagine, cannot be expressed by the verb supposer in French ; it must be ex- 
 pressed by penser or sHmaginer ; as : 
 
 I suppose you know the news. Je nr imagine que vous savcz les nouvelles. 
 
 It is supposed there has been a battle. On pense quil y a eu une bataUle. 
 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 110 
 
 To hope, EspZrer, Se flatter, Aimer d croire, Se plaire d crolre. 
 
 The verb hope, followed by a future tense, is expressed by esperer. 
 
 K B. — Hope, being the expectation of something to come, can never be said, in 
 French, of what is past or present ; so when the verb hope is followed by the 
 present or perfect tense of another verb, it cannot be expressed by esperer; it must 
 be rendered by se flatter, aimer a croire, se plaire a croire, as : 
 
 r Je meflatte, \ 
 
 I hope you are well. •] Je meplais cdroire, > que vous vous portez Men. 
 
 *■ J'aime d croire , ' 
 
 I hope I have not kept you c Je me plais a croire, ) que je ne vous ai pas fait atten- 
 
 waiting. ( J'aime a croire, ) dre. 
 
 (Never J^espcre.) 
 
 Yet there are instances when we may also use esperer, if we transpose it in pa- 
 renthesis at the end of the sentence, thus : 
 
 You are well, I hope. Vous vous portez Men, fespere. 
 
 I have not kept you waiting, I hope. Je ne vous ai pas fait attendre, fespere. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 23.— To Suppose. To Hope. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 If you say he will have me arrested, you I do not say so, but I suppose you know 
 suppose a thing that is not very prob- the news ; he has had all your relatives 
 able, do you not ? arrested ; I do not know exactly why. 
 
 I hope your brother will be here soon ; I hope he is better now. If he is well 
 do you think he will be long coming ? he will soon be here. He never makes 
 
 anybody wait when he can help it. 
 
 No. 24. — To take, Mener, Porter. To being, Amener, Apporter. 
 
 Mener, to take, is said of beings that have the natural faculty of walking; 
 porter is said of the same beings when they have lost, or are not able to use that 
 faculty ; and also of things, as : 
 
 Take my horse to the stable. Menez mon cheval d Vecurie. 
 
 Take the saddle to the saddler's. Portez la selle chez le sellier. 
 
 Amener and apporter are used in the same sense as mener and porter, but they 
 simply imply a relation to the place in which we are, as : 
 
 Briug me my horse. Amenez-moi mon cheval. 
 
 Bring me my whip. Apportez-moi mon fouet. 
 
 To bo in a hurry. Eire presse. 
 
120 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 To leave word with a person to have a Faire dire a une personne par une autre 
 
 thing done. 
 
 de faire faire une chose. 
 
 One of his men. 
 
 Un de ses ouvriers. 
 
 In the afternoon. 
 
 Vapres-midi. 
 
 In the course of the afternoon. Dans V apres-dinee. 
 
 Porter. 
 
 To take, to carry. 
 
 Apporter. 
 
 To bring. 
 
 Reporter. 
 
 To take back. To carry back. 
 
 Rapporter. 
 
 To bring back. 
 
 Emporter. 
 
 To take away. To carry away. 
 
 S'emporter. 
 
 To fly in a passion. To become greatly excited. 
 
 Mener. 
 
 To take. To lead. 
 
 Amener. 
 
 To bring. To lead to. 
 
 Ramener. 
 
 To bring back. To lead back. 
 
 Emmener. 
 
 To take away. To lead away. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 24. To TAKE. TO BEIXG. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 I have not kept you waiting, I hope, 
 have I? 
 
 Before you took the saddle to the sad- 
 dler's, did you take the horse to the 
 stable ? 
 
 When do you intend to take these books 
 to the bookbinder's ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Not long : I suppose you are not in so 
 
 great a hurry as I am. 
 I did; the saddler was not in. I left 
 
 word with one of his men to have the 
 
 new whip brought home early in 
 
 the afternoon. 
 
 I intend to take them there this evening, 
 if the missing volume is brought back 
 to me in time. 
 
 No. 25. — To use, Se servir de, User de, En user, Employer, 
 Traiter, Agir, Avoir coutume. 
 
 To use, meaning to make use of a thing, is. rendered by the reflected verb se 
 servir de, as: 
 
 I am using my knife, my pen, &c. Je me sers de mon couteau, de ma plume, 
 
 and not fuse mon couteau, because user une chose means to wear out a thing, not, to 
 make use of a thing. 
 
 Yet, speaking of moral or intellectual objects, we render use by user de, as : 
 
 To use patience, violence, reprisals, &c. User de patience, user de violence, user de 
 
 represailles, &c. 
 
 To use, speaking of the manner of acting toward a person, is expressed by traiter, 
 en user avec, agir avec, as : 
 
 ' II me traite bien. 
 II en use bien avec moi. 
 II agit bien avec moi. 
 
 II ne m'apas bien traitt. 
 
 He uses me well. 
 
 He has not used me well. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 121 
 
 To use, meaning to be accustomed to, is rendered by avoir coutume de, etre accou- 
 
 tnme a, as : 
 
 You are used to it. 
 
 He was not used to do so. 
 
 To make a pen. 
 
 A fine-hand pen. 
 
 Coarse-nibbed pen. % 
 
 Fine-nibbed pen. 
 
 Vous y etes accoutume. 
 
 II n'avait pas coutume oVagir ainsi. 
 
 Tattler une plume. 
 
 Une plume en Jin. 
 
 Plume taillee en gros. 
 
 Plume taillee en Jin. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 25.— To use. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Do you always make use of the same I sometimes use the one you used to use 
 
 penknife to make a pen ? 
 
 You can't use that pen ; it is quite worn 
 out ; make another. 
 
 Do not use violence towards him ; use 
 him well and he will use you well. 
 
 to make fine-hand pens. 
 
 I can use it a little longer ; I prefer 
 coarse-nibbed pens to fine-nibbed ones ; 
 I am used to them. 
 
 He has never used me well, although I 
 have always endeavored to use patience 
 toward him. 
 
 No. 26. — To help, Aider, Servir. 
 
 To help, in the sense of to assist a person to do a thing, is expressed by aider, 
 as: 
 
 Shall I help you to do it ? Vous aiderai-je a le Jaire ? 
 
 My brother will not help me. Hon Jrerene veut pas on 1 aider. 
 
 But to help is often used in the sense of to take, to offer, to present a thing to a 
 person ; help is then rendered by servir, not the person to the thing, but the thing 
 to the person, as : 
 
 Shall I help you to a glass of wine ? Vous servir ai-je un verre de vin ? (Literally, 
 
 To you shall I serve out a glass of 
 wine ?) 
 
 Help that gentleman to a glass of sugar Servez a ce monsieur ld-bas un verre d'eau 
 and water. sucree. 
 
 N. Construe, as follows, phrases of a similar nature : 
 
 Help that gentleman. Servez ce monsieur-Id. 
 
 Help the gentleman. Servez monsieur* 
 
 Help them. Servez-ks. 
 
 Help them to meat. Servez-leur de la viande. 
 
 * When the person is present and within hearing, the article is dropped. 
 
122 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 26.— To help. To USE. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 You were not used to do so ; why do you "Were I well treated I should act other- 
 do so now ? wise ; violence is used towards me. 
 
 I find myself obliged to use reprisals. 
 
 Tour brother will not help you to do Do, if you can; for I cannot use my 
 that ; shall I ? right hand since I hurt it. 
 
 Shall I help you to a glass of wine ? Help this gentleman first ; I will help 
 
 myself. 
 
 Have you helped the ladies to fruit ? I have not ; they prefer helping them- 
 
 selves. 
 
 No. 27. To ATTEND. 
 
 EXPLAINED IN THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES. 
 
 To attend a meeting. 
 
 To attend to one's duty. 
 
 To attend to what is said. 
 
 To attend to business. 
 
 To attend a sick person. 
 
 To attend a patient (visit). 
 
 To attend (wait upon) a master. 
 
 To attend (be taught by) a master. 
 
 To attend (give lessons to) a pupil. 
 
 To carry on business. 
 To be very profitable. 
 A nurse. 
 
 It is a difficult thing. 
 It is difficult to get, &c. 
 
 Alter or assister a une assemblee. 
 Faire or remplir son devoir. 
 Faire attention d ce que Von dit 
 S'appliquer aux affaires. 
 Garder or soigner un malade. 
 Voir or visiter un malade. 
 Servir un maitre. 
 Prendre lecon d\n maitre. 
 Bonner lecon a un eleve. 
 
 Faire des affaires. 
 
 Rendre beaucoup. 
 
 Un (une) garde-malade. 
 
 (Test une chose difficile. 
 
 II est difficile de se procurer, &c. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 NO. 27. TO ATTEND. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 "When do you intend to attend the meet- If I have time I shall attend the second. 
 in°rs? 
 
 Do these lads attend to their duty ? 
 
 They do not ; they do not even attend 
 to what is said to them. 
 
 Do you not think they will enrich them- They will ; the business they carry on is 
 selves if they continue to attend to very profitable, 
 business as they do now? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 123 
 
 Do you know whether Doctor Sangsue He has found one, but my brother 
 has found a nurse to attend your wants two ; it is difficult to get a sec- 
 brother ? ond. 
 
 No. 28. — To want, Avoir besoin de, Avoir envie de, D hirer, 
 Souhaiter, Vouloir, Demander. 
 
 To want, meaning to be in need of a thing, or under the necessity of doing a 
 thing, is expressed by avoir besoin de ; as : 
 I want money (am in need of). J'ai besoin d 1 argent. 
 
 I do not want him (have no need of). Je n'aipas besoin de lui. 
 
 I want to go to town (must go). J'ai besoin dialler a la ville. 
 
 But want is often used to denote merely wish or desire ; it is then expressed by 
 avoir envie de, desirer, souhaiter, or vouloir ; as : 
 
 I want to see him (I wish). Je desire (Je souhaiie (de) ) le voir. 
 
 I want to speak to him. J'ai envie de lui parler. (I have a mind.) 
 
 I want him to learn French. Je veux quHl apprenne le frangais. 
 
 To want a person or a thing, in the sense of wish, is expressed by de- 
 mander; as: 
 
 Whom do you want ? Qui demandez-vous ? 
 
 What do you want ? Que demandez-vous f 
 
 You are wanted. On vous demande. 
 
 He wants you. Jl vous demande. 
 
 Moreover. JDe plus. 
 
 Thoroughly. A fond. 
 
 Not that I know of. Pas que je sache. 
 
 To walk so many miles a-day. Faire tant de milks par jour. 
 
 To be in trim. Etre en haleine. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 NO. 28. TO WANT. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Do these men want neither money nor They want money, and moreover, they 
 clothes? want you to give them some. 
 
 I want you to go to France a year or two I have already studied it a little ; I 
 hence, but before you go I want you want, however, to study it more at- 
 to study the language thoroughly. tentively. 
 
 You are wanted, are you not ? Not that I know of. I think you are, 
 
 though. 
 
 Do you want to speak to them ? I did ; I do not now. 
 
 How many miles can you walk a day ? 
 
12Jr TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 No. 29. — To Marry, Marier, Epouser, Se marier. 
 
 To give a person in marriage, or to perform the ceremony, is expressed by 
 marier ; to take a person in marriage, is expressed by epouser; as: 
 
 My father has married his niece. ) ,, 
 
 ,, . , . s \ Mon pert a marie sa niece. 
 
 (has given her in marriage). ) * 
 
 My father has married his niece. ) ,, 
 
 (has taken her for his wife). \ M<m per < a ^ 0USe Sa mece - 
 
 That bishop has married my sister. ) _ ^ , . 
 
 / „ -, , , . V Cet eveque a mane ma sxur. 
 
 (performed the ceremony). ) * 
 
 That bishop married my sister. ) - ^ , - 
 
 ,, . , , ,. .„ v } Cet eveque a epouse ma saur. 
 
 (has taken her as his wife). ) * r 
 
 N". Married, in the sense of taking a wife, is expressed by epouse after the 
 auxiliary have ; and by marie after the auxiliary be ; as : 
 
 I have married his sister. J'ai epouse sa so?.ur. 
 
 I am married to his sister. Je suis marie a sa sozur. 
 
 To marry, without anyobject added, is rendered by the reflected verb, se marier; 
 
 as: 
 
 When do you marry ? Quand vous mariez-vous f 
 
 I shall never marry. Je ne me marierai jamais. 
 
 Love-match. Mariage oV inclination, m. 
 
 Dowry. Dot, f. (final t always sounded.) 
 
 To traffic. Negocier. 
 
 Money-match. Mariage de convenance, m. 
 
 Often turn out well. Sont souvent heureux. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 29.— To Marry. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Is not a father who marries his daughters Such a father is guilty, jet love-matches 
 against their will, guilty both toward are not always the happiest, 
 them and toward society ? 
 
 "Who is that gentleman yonder; is he a No, he is an old bachelor ; he will never 
 married man ? marry. 
 
 "What is the name of the clergyman who I cannot recollect his name ; I am told 
 married your niece ? she is to have no dowry. 
 
 Thales was wont to say concerning marriage, " Young man, consider whether it 
 be not too soon to marry; old man, consider whether it be not too late.*' 
 
 To marry a woman for her property is not marrying, it is trafficking, and still 
 money-matches often turn out very well. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 125 
 
 No. 30.— To Ride. 
 
 To ride well. Monter Men a cheval, se tenir bien a ch. 
 
 To ride in a carriage. Aller en voiture. 
 
 To ride on horseback. Aller d cheval. 
 
 To take a ride in a carriage. Faire un tour en voiture. Se promener en v. 
 
 To take a ride on horseback. Faire un tour cheval. Se promener a 
 
 cheval. 
 
 To ride, attended by any particular object, that is, an object specified by a de- 
 termining word, such as an article, &c, is generally rendered by prendre, monttr, 
 aller, as: 
 
 I will ride your horse and you \ j,P re : n rai I votre cheval et vous irez dans ma 
 •„ . •■ J . J < Jirai sur y .. 
 
 • will ride in my carriage. \ Je montemi f voiture. 
 
 To Walk, Marcher, Se promener. 
 
 If by walk, you mean the action of going from place to place, either for business 
 or exercise, you must use marcher, as : 
 
 "Walk a little faster. Marchez unpeu plus vite. 
 
 I cannot walk any more. Je ne puis plus marcher. 
 
 I have walked too much to-day. Jai trop marche aujourd'hut. 
 
 If by walk, you mean that exercise which is taken for diversion, you must use 
 the reflected verb se promener, as : 
 
 Let us walk a little. Fromenons-nous un peu. 
 
 I have not walked to-day. Je ne me suis pas promene d 'aujourd'hui. 
 
 To take a walk. Faire une promenade ; faire un tour. 
 
 Let us go and take a walk. Allons faire un tour de promenade. 
 
 Go and take a walk in the garden. Allez faire un tour dans lejardin. 
 
 Faire un tour is generally understood of a short walk ; and faire un tour de pro- 
 menade, or faire une promenade, means to take a walk without any limitation as to 
 time, but rather long than very short. 
 Spring wagon with leather curtains. Char a bancs a ressort et a rideaux de cuir. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 30.— To Ride. To Walk. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 In which coach do you intend to ride ? I intended to ride your horse, but since 
 
 you say you intend to ride him your- 
 self, I shall ride in the spring-wagon 
 with leather curtains. 
 
 Walk a little faster ; you do not keep up I cannot walk any more ; I have walked 
 with me. (suivre.) too much to-day. 
 
126 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 Would you not like to take a short walk 
 in the garden ? 
 
 Come and see me to-morrow if you are 
 well enough. 
 
 I will take one with you ; stay a little 
 longer and I promise to come and see 
 you every other day for a twelve- 
 month. 
 
 I do not think I shall be well enough to 
 walk so far. 
 
 No. 31. — To Return, Hetoumer, Mevenir, Rendre. 
 
 For to go bach use retourner, as : 
 I come from Paris and I shall return (go Je viens de Paris etfy retournerai demain. 
 back) to-morrow. 
 
 For return, in the sense of come back, use revenir, as : 
 I am going to Paris and I shall return Je vais a Paris etje reviendrai la semaine 
 (come back) next week. prochaine. 
 
 To return, meaning to give back, to restore, to repay, is rendre. 
 Return me my key. Rendez-moi ma clef. 
 
 Did I not return it to you ? Ne vous Vai-jepas rendue ? 
 
 To call a person up (to awake from sleep). Faire lever une personne ; reveiUer unep 
 They must have been broken. On addles casser. 
 
 To be back. Eire de retour. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 31. — To Return (come back and go back). 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I do not think I shall return before the 
 last week in March. 
 
 If I could, I suppose they would; I 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 If you go to Paris this month, will you 
 return next month ? 
 
 If you return to London, do you think 
 your goods will be returned to you? 
 
 They break every thing in this house ; 
 look at those plates and that bottle, they 
 must have been broken less than an 
 hour ago. 
 
 How long have you been back ? 
 
 cannot return, however, before my 
 partner returns from Lyons. 
 
 When I went back to the house to call 
 upon you. to tell you to call the clerks 
 up early, there was nothing broken; 
 they must have been broken since. 
 
 I have been back these two hours. 
 
 No. 32.— To Call. To Break. 
 
 Appeler unepersonne. 
 Passer chez une personne. 
 
 To call a person. 
 To call on a person. ) 
 To call at a person's. > 
 When will you call on me ? Guand passer ez-vous chez moi t 
 
 I shall call upon you to-morrow. Jepasserai chez vous demain. 
 
 To break, rompre, casser. 
 Bompre is said of things which require some effort to break them, such as wood, 
 &c, as: 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 127 
 
 You have broken my stick. Vous avez rompu mon bdton. 
 
 Casser is said of things that are frail, such as glass, earthen ware, &c, as ; 
 
 She has broken the plates. Elle a casse les assiettes. 
 
 The glass and bottle are broken. Le verre et la bouteille sont casses. 
 N". In speaking of bones use casser. 
 
 Ex. He has broken his leg. Il s'est casse lajambe. 
 
 Without specifying any particular object we use casser, as : 
 
 They break every thing in this house. On casse tout dans cette maison. 
 
 To break, to dash to pieces, is briser. 
 
 The ship was dashed to pieces. 
 
 To call a person up early. 
 
 To be up late. 
 
 To be up in time. 
 
 To oversleep one's self. 
 
 To make a person angry. 
 
 To get angry. 
 
 Le navire fat brise. 
 
 ( Faire lever quelqu'un matin. 
 
 ( Reveiller de bonne heure. Remitter matin. 
 
 Se coucher tard. 
 
 Etre leve a temps. 
 
 Doronir trop tard. 
 
 Fdcher quelqu'un. 
 
 Se fdcher. 
 
 To break one's cane over a person's head. Bonner une volee de coups de canne a quel- 
 qu'un. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 32. TO CALL. TO BREAK. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 If you still intend to call upon your 
 friends in the morning, call me up 
 early : I was up very late and I may 
 not be up in time. 
 
 If you make him angry he will break his 
 cane over your head. Do not speak 
 to him when he is busy, you know it 
 puts him in a passion. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I will, if I do not oversleep myself. I 
 called upon them the day before yes- 
 terday ; they were not sure about re- 
 turning home. 
 
 I only want to tell him that the main- 
 spring of my watch is broken; how 
 can that put him in a passion ? 
 
 No. 33. — To like, Aimer, TVouver bon, Penser. 
 
 To like, meaning to be fond of, to have a liking for a person, for a thing, is 
 aimer ; as : 
 I like wine, money, pleasure, &c. J'aime le vin, I 'argent, le plaisir, &c. 
 
 But like is often used, especially in asking questions, for to think, to have as 
 opinion, and is then expressed by penser or trouver ; as : 
 
 How do you like this country ? 
 
 j Que pensez-vous de ce pays-ci ? 
 ( Comment trouvez-vous ce pays-ci ? 
 
128 
 
 TABULAE SYSTEM. 
 
 Yet in the answer we use aimer ; as : 
 
 I like it well enough. 
 
 I like it much. 
 
 I do not like it at all. 
 
 The size. 
 
 As large again. 
 
 To keep a horse. 
 
 "What do you charge for, &c. 
 
 Seat in the coupe. 
 
 The first stage. 
 
 What weight of baggage can you take ? 
 
 To charge so much a seat. 
 
 We can take 100 kilogrammes. 
 
 Je Vaime asstz.. 
 
 Je Vaime beaucoup. 
 
 Je ne Vaime pas du tout. 
 
 La grandeur. 
 
 Une fois plus grand. 
 
 Avoir un cheval. 
 
 Quel est le prix de, &c. 
 
 Place (f.) au coupe. 
 
 La premiere voiture or diligence. 
 
 Combien de bagage pouvez-vous charger t 
 
 Prendre tant par place. 
 
 Nous pouvons charger cent kilogrammes. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 How do you like this project ? do you 
 
 think we shall succeed in it ? 
 Do you like the size of that picture ? 
 
 How many horses do you keep ? 
 
 What is the charge for two seats in the 
 coupe? we want to go by the first 
 stage ; please to tell me also what 
 weight of baggage you can take. 
 
 No. 33. — To like. 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I like it well enough, but whether I like 
 it or not, it can never succeed. 
 
 I like large pictures : that one should be 
 as large again. 
 
 I keep but one ; it costs too much to 
 keep two. 
 
 We charge 50 francs a seat ; we can 
 take one hundred kilogrammes. 
 
 No. 34. — To keep, Garder, Tenir, Avoir. 
 
 To keep, meaning to preserve, to watch, to guard, to look after, is expressed by 
 garder ; as : 
 
 Keep it for my sake. Gardez-le pour V amour de moi. 
 
 This dog keeps (watches) the house. Ce chien garde la maison. 
 
 This boy keeps the flocks. Ce gar con garde Us troupeauz. 
 
 These instances excepted, to keep is generally tenir ; as : 
 
 She keeps a school. Ellc Herd ecole. 
 
 She keeps an inn. EUe tient auberge. 
 
 She keeps boarders. EUe tient des pensionnaires. 
 
 To keep a person in prison, in the house. Tenir une personne en prison, dans la 
 
 maison. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 129 
 
 To keep clean. Tenir propre. 
 
 To keep ready. Tenir pret. 
 
 To keep horses, cows, a carriage, &c. Avoir des chevaux, des vaches, une voi- 
 
 ture, &c. 
 
 To get, to gain, to earn, to win, to acquire, are rendered by gagner ; as : 
 
 He gets (earns) 5 shillings a day. II gagne cinq schettings par jour. 
 
 He has got (won, earned) a deal of money. II a gagne beaucoup d ] argent. 
 
 But the past participle got, so often added to the verb have, is not expressed in 
 French, as : 
 
 Have you got any money about you ? Avez-vous de V argent sur vous ? 
 
 You have got a new hat. Vous avez un chapeau neuf. 
 
 To keep one's room. Garder la chambre. 
 
 To pain. Faire du mal. 
 
 Ankle. Cheville (f.) 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 34.— To keep. To Get. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. " 
 
 How long has that lady kept a school ? She does not keep a school now ; she 
 
 keeps a boarding-house ; she has as 
 yet but very few boarders. 
 
 Why do you keep in the house all day ; I am obliged to keep my room ; my 
 would you not like to take a short ankle still pains me very much, 
 walk now and then ? 
 
 Are the beds kept clean at that hotel ? Not always ; I have been obliged to 
 
 have the sheets changed. 
 
 How much do these workmen earn a More than they deserve; they fret and 
 day ? fume when they do not earn five dol- 
 
 lars each. 
 
 When your brother was a clerk in the I don't know what he got then ; he 
 custom-house, how much did he get a hardly gets five hundred dollars a 
 year ? year now, and he is busy from morn- 
 
 ing to night. 
 
 No. 35. — To Spend, Depenser, Passer. 
 
 Speaking of money, property, to spend is rendered by depenser; speaking of 
 time, to spend is expressed by passer ; as : 
 
 He spends all his money in gambling. II depense tout son argent au jeu. 
 He spends all his time in hunting. II passe tout son temps a la chasse. 
 
 9 
 
130 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 To Charge, Prendre, Faire payer, Prix. 
 
 The verb charge, so often used in speaking of the price of things, cannot be ex- 
 pressed in French by charger, which means, to load; it must be expressed by 
 prendre, faire payer, or by prix, with a verb ; as : 
 
 How much do you charge a day for a Combien prenez-vous par jour pour un 
 horse? chevalt 
 
 , , , „ ,-,,„( Combien prenez-vous pour une selle ? 
 
 How much do you charge for a saddle ? j ^ ^ fe ^ ^ , 
 
 Tou charge too much. 
 
 Cest trop ; Jest trop cher ; vous prenez 
 trop ; vous faites payer trop cher. 
 
 (Never (vous chargez trop) you load too much.) 
 
 In fencing. A faire des armes. 
 
 To practise music. Faire de la musique. 
 
 To play chess. Jouer aux echecs (pr. eche.) in the pluraL 
 
 To hire by the hour. Louer a Vheure. 
 
 Next door. A cote. 
 
 A wagon. Un char a bancs (pleasure wagon). 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 No. 35. TO SPEND. 
 
 QUESTIONS. ANSWERS. 
 
 Do you spend your mornings in fencing I generally spend them in hunting ; 
 or practising music ? when the weather is rainy, I play 
 
 chess. 
 
 How much do you charge a day for a We generally hire by the hour ; you can 
 horse and wagon ? get a horse and wagon next door. I 
 
 think you will be charged two dollars 
 and a half. 
 
 Have you good saddles ? what do you I charge less than anybody else, 
 charge for them? Jf you do not 
 charge too much, I will take one. 
 
 NO. 36.-TO GO OUT TO UEKT, \ A }^ f, **'»' *• „ 
 
 ( Alter a la rencontre de. 
 
 Let us go and meet your friends. AUons au devant de vos amis. 
 
 "We were going out to meet you. Nous attions a voire rencontre ; 
 
 or, nous alUons au devant de vous. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 131 
 
 To bring near, Approcher. 
 
 To GO NEAR, ) „ . 
 
 rp, r S approcher de. 
 
 lO COME NEAR, ) lir 
 
 Bring the table near. 
 
 Come (or draw) near the table. 
 
 I drew my sister near me. 
 
 I went near (drew near) my sister. 
 
 Did you go near it ? 
 
 To pass through. 
 
 Staff. 
 
 To lead (in the case below). 
 
 Forlorn hope. 
 
 Storming. 
 
 The last fort but one. 
 
 To draw nearer. 
 
 Approchez la table. 
 Approchez-vous de la table. 
 tTapprochai ma soeur de moi. 
 Je m'approchai de ma soeur. 
 Vous en etes-vous approchet 
 
 Passer par. 
 
 Etat-major, m. 
 
 Commander. 
 
 Les enfants perdus. 
 
 Assaut, m. 
 
 Uavant-dernier fort, m. 
 
 S'approcher davantage. 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 36. — To GO OUT TO MEET. To BRING NEAR. To COME NEAR. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Would you not have gone out to meet 
 the officers, had you known they were 
 to pass through this village ? 
 
 What officers do you intend to send out 
 to meet the staff? 
 
 Do you wish me to draw the table near 
 the fire ? 
 
 You look cold; why do you not draw 
 near the fire ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I could not have done so, had I wished : 
 
 I had no money about me to hire a 
 
 horse. 
 The officers that led the forlorn hope at 
 
 the storming of the last fort but one. 
 Yes, draw it nearer, and then draw the 
 
 arm-chair near the table, and sit down 
 
 in it. 
 I am not as cold as I look; I do not 
 
 wish to draw any nearer. 
 
 No. 37. — To hear, Entendre. To hear from, Recevoir, Avoir 
 des nouvelles de quelqytun. 
 
 I hear your sister coming. 
 
 Do you hear from your sister often ? 
 
 I often do. 
 
 I hear from her almost every day. 
 
 When will you hear from them ? 
 
 J'entends venir voire soeur — ta soeur. 
 
 Recevez-vous ) souvent des nouvelles de made- 
 
 Avez-vous ) moiselle voire soeur t 
 
 J J ai souvent de ses nouvelles. J 1 en ai souvent. 
 
 Tai )de ses nouvelles presque tous 
 
 Je recois ) les jours. 
 
 Quand aurez-vous de leurs nouvelles f 
 
132 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 To be with. En etre de. 
 
 It is with, denoting a similarity between two objects, is, II en est de. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 It is with you as with me. H en est de vous comme de moi. 
 
 It is with a state as with a family. II en est d'un etat comme d'unefamille. 
 
 To get a thing ready. 
 Head of the bed. 
 Rather damp. 
 Class-mate. 
 
 Appreter une chose. 
 
 Le chevet du lit. 
 
 Un peu humide. 
 
 Camarade de colUge. Condisciple. 
 
 APPLICATIOX. 
 NO. 37. To HEAR FEOM. To BE "WITH. (It IS WTTH, &C.) 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 I hear your sister coming ; get her books 
 ready and draw her arm-chair near the 
 head of the bed. 
 
 Do you hear from your class-mates every 
 day? 
 
 Is it not with painters as with poets ? 
 Do you say you wish it were with you 
 as it is with me ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 I do not think she wishes to sit up ; if 
 she does, I had better draw her chair 
 nearer the fire : the weather is rather 
 damp to-day. 
 
 TTe hear from them every other day, 
 and we shall do so, I hope, for six 
 months. 
 
 It is ; both may have recourse to fiction. 
 
 I do ; if it were with me as it is with you, 
 it would not be with that affair as it is. 
 
 Xo. 38.- — To be in taix, Avoir beau. 
 
 Avoir beau, followed by a verb in the infinitive, is an idiom, meaning, to take 
 useless trouble in doing a thing, as : 
 
 It is in vain for me to write. J'ai beau ecrire. 
 
 It is in vain for thee. &c. Tu as beau. dec. 
 
 It is in vain for him, for her, for one, for II, eUe, on a beau, &c. 
 
 people. &c. 
 
 It is in vain for the man, kc. L'homme a beau, &c. 
 
 It is in vain for us, &c. Xous avons beau, &c. 
 
 It is in vain for you, &c. Vous avez beau. &c. 
 
 It is in vain for them, &c. Us. eTles ont beau. &c. 
 
 It is in vain that I tell him to study, he J'ai beau lui dire d"etudier, il n'en fait 
 
 does not do it. rien. 
 
 It is all in vain (for you). Vims avez beau /aire. 
 
 In vain philosophers prate and dream, Les savants ont beau dire et beau rever ; 
 
 their systems make everybody laugh. leurs systhnes font rire. 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 133 
 
 The wrong lesson. 
 
 To master. 
 To retain. 
 
 Uhe lecon pour V autre. 
 
 lecon. 
 Mattriser. 
 Retenir. 
 
 La 
 
 mauvaiso, 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 No. 38. To BE IN VAIN. 
 
 QUESTION'S. ANSWERS. 
 
 Did you tell those young gentlemen to It is in vain that I tell them to study ; 
 study, and especially not to study the they do not do it. 
 wrong lesson? 
 
 It is all in vain, you will never succeed I can master the construction, but it is 
 
 in learning to speak a language unless in vain for me to study words ; I can- 
 
 you master the construction and learn not retain them long, 
 the words. 
 
 No. 39. — To find fault with, Trouver d redire d; Lit. (To 
 find to gainsay.) 
 
 He finds fault with every thing. 
 What fault can be found with it? 
 
 H irouve a redire d tout. 
 
 Que peut-on y trouver a redire ? 
 
 Trouver a redire dans. 
 Trouver a redire en. 
 Trouver a redire que. 
 
 Exemplified in the following : 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 No fault is found with his work. 
 
 Men find faults in others, which others 
 find in them. 
 
 Fault is found with your going out. 
 
 To take it kindly of one. 
 To take it unkindly of one. 
 
 On ne trouve *rim d redire dans son 
 ouvrage. 
 
 Chacun trouve a redire en un autre ce 
 qvHon trouve d redire en lui. 
 
 On trouve a redire que vous sortiez. 
 
 Suvoir bon gre a quelqu'un de, &c. 
 Savoir mauvais gre a quelqu'un de t &c. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 If he come I will take it kindly. SHI vient je lui en saurai bon gre. 
 
 He would take it unkindly of me. H rn'en saurait mauvais gre. 
 
 Take it kindly or unkindly, it is all one Sachez-m'en bon ou mauvais gre, cela 
 to me. m'est egal (or peu mHmporte). 
 
 To take a thing kindly of any one. 
 To do without. 
 
 Savoir bon gre (or beaucoup de gre) d 
 quelqu'un d'une chose. 
 
 Se passer de. 
 
134: 
 
 TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 APPLICATION". 
 NO. 39. To FIND FAULT WITH. To TAKE IT KINDLY, UNKINDLY. 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 "Why do you find fault with every thing 
 I do and say ? Nobody else does. 
 
 "What fault can be found with what those 
 young ladies say or do ? 
 
 If you continue to find fault with what 
 is done here, do you think it will be 
 taken kindly ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 Nobody ever found fault with what you 
 say, but everybody finds fault with 
 what you do, and always will. 
 
 No fault can be found; I even take it 
 kindly of them to do what they do. 
 
 "Whether it be taken kindly or not, I 
 cannot help finding fault; I can do 
 without the good opinion of certain 
 persons. 
 
 No. 40. — To do without, Se passer de. To be m question, S'agir. 
 
 What is the matter? Qu'y a-t-il, &c. 
 
 Can you do without a horse ? Pouvez-vous vans passer oVun chevalt 
 
 I cannot do without one. Je ne saurais rri'en passer. 
 
 "When will you be able to do without your Quand pourrez-vous vous passer de vos 
 
 books ? livres f 
 
 The money in question. 1? argent dont it s'agit. 
 
 What is the matter in question? De quoi s'agit-ilt 
 
 I can't help, &c. J fi - ne puis m'empecher de, &c, and que 
 
 &c, with verb in the subjunctive, thus : 
 
 I cannot help finding fault with your not Je ne puis pas m'empecher de trouver d 
 having warned me. 
 
 What is the matter 
 
 What is the matter there? 
 What is the matter with you ? 
 What is the matter with your hand ? 
 
 redire que vous ne m'ayez pas averti. 
 
 y a-t-il f 
 
 est-ce quHl y at 
 
 est-ce que 6 est ? 
 
 Qu'y a-t-il Id ? 
 Qu'est-ce qu'il y aldt 
 
 Qu'avez-vous ? 
 
 ( Qu'avez-vous a la main t 
 
 \ Qu 'est-ce que vous avez d la main t 
 
 N. Qu'est-ce que is very prevalent in conversation, instead of que ; so instead of 
 saying, Que dites-voust What do you say? Que faites-voust What are you doing? 
 &c, you hear, 
 
 Qu'est-ce que vous dites t What do you say ? 
 
 Qu'est-ce que vous faites t "What are you doing ? 
 
 (Instead of qu'avaient-ilsf) 
 Qu'est-ce quHls avaient a la figure? 
 
 What was the matter with their faces ? 
 
TABULAR SYSTEM. 
 
 135 
 
 No. 40.— To do 
 
 APPLICATION. 
 
 WITHOUT. To BE IN QUESTION. 
 MATTER, &C. 
 
 What is the 
 
 QUESTIONS. 
 
 Do you think I can do without the money 
 I have been promised ? 
 
 Do not take it unkindly of me if I say 
 you may be obliged to do without the 
 money in question. 
 
 "WTiat is the matter with your hand? 
 Have you hurt it ? 
 
 ANSWERS. 
 
 You can no more do without money than 
 without a passport and good letters of 
 recommendation. 
 
 I cannot help finding fault with your not 
 warning me in time; how can I do 
 without it? could you? You know 
 you could not 
 
 I have hurt one of my fingers a little, 
 near the nail ; but what is the matter 
 with you ? you look very pale. 
 
 (May 12 1863 
 

ccec c < ccc ^r 
 
 <^^^c«c 
 ^ <^c-^ 
 
 . C C^iJ <S; C C 
 
 C C^ <Ks <x 
 C<3£ <S.QC <^' 
 
 £r^ 
 
 c <^< 
 
 C CC 
 
 CC 
 
 C c 
 < c 
 
 CCC 
 
 <Cc<C 
 
 *<<"-- c S^ cc 
 
 c 
 < s < 
 
 . <££ 
 
 <_< •.?■ as: 
 
 ccr 
 --< c <«er 
 
 C <C 
 
 c< c <gc 
 
 c C «C 
 c C «& 
 c C c<Z 
 cc c <C^ 
 CCC .^E< 
 
 CCC ««CC 
 
 ccc OC£: 
 CCC «Cc 
 
 OCX <C-^ 
 OCX ' «<^ 
 
 ccc cCTi 
 
 CCC CC 
 
 - - 
 
 : cc c <cc c 
 r-cc c 'Ccc c^ec 7 
 
 .-ccecocrr: 
 
 <CX C C«3C 
 
 «^_CC ^,c C C<^ 
 < ^g'CX^c ^ C 
 .- < 
 v <X3CCCC « 
 
 5P^c< c «: c< 
 
 <*3Kc CKKX 
 
 ' c <r < 
 
 c c c 
 
 - C < 
 ■ c <; 
 
 V c 
 
 c 
 
 ■: . «^__V-: 
 
 C < 
 
 <p> 
 
 c 
 
 << CC 
 
 c 
 
 .: ccci 
 
 C 
 
 :«L. 
 
 '(KC 
 
 di 
 
 c cc 
 
 
 c «. 
 
 c 
 
 c c<£ 
 
 
 C « <C 
 
 cc 
 
 • C ' <^ 
 
 cc 
 
 c c < C 
 
 c<j 
 
 c<3g C3 
 
 
 <L 
 
 < 
 
 < CC C« 
 
 <8^ C CCC 
 
 cccx c.c> v <: <§cc 
 
 <*c< <c <icc 
 
 c?c<r cc «c «;c 
 
 esc^ctc <c "cjC" < 
 
 C«rcK< <- «IC • 
 
 $.C cc <^U <^C^- 
 
 :«: c cc .. h^^ c <i< 
 ^ : .cc cc c^ 
 
 c <C CCC 
 
 <e<c <c c 
 
 - dec <c: cc 
 
 c. C:CQ cC C 
 
 ^C^;<C <C C^ 
 
 ^ <iCC CCC 
 
 v <c:<c mCJ& cc 
 <sTcc *d < c ^ 
 
 < ^scc: 
 OCccc 
 
 _ < ^ 
 
 <: 
 
 C^s<L: 
 
 ccccc f 
 
 CaCvO 
 
 c- c< c 
 
 CC<L 
 
 CcCC 
 
 CcCcC 
 
 cc 
 O 
 
 C CCcC 
 
 < < C C< 
 
 c acc^ 
 
 c C Cffc 
 c c<- 'C^ 
 
 > c< cc 
 
 c c^<* 
 
 C X C 
 
 
 
 crccxc 
 re «. 
 
 << Xc 
 
 ^ CC 41 
 
 C «d cc « , 
 
 C «L 
 
 cc 
 c< 
 
 <CCC(C<; 
 
 c< 
 
 c CC C>c CC 
 
 :\c cc c«^ ' ^ C S 
 
 c c < c <^ 
 c «cc 
 
 < Cc < <? 
 Ccc C 
 
 <^ C V C 
 
 : t • c ^ 
 

 ' « 
 
 
 < * 
 
 c «l 
 
 c * 
 
 . 
 
 r « 
 
 
 -: 
 
 * ^ 
 
 ^^^. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 C«C 
 
 cc 
 
 5?< c 
 
 •*- 
 
 
 4£\<J < 
 
 <: - 
 
 CO < 
 cc 
 
 ^- •■ c i < 
 ^ << < < 
 
 ^s c <- 
 < 
 
 c< A 
 
 
 r c 
 
 4Tc C <T 
 
 cr< 
 
 < ! < 
 
 IP- ' 
 
 < 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 <C< 
 
 5 
 
 4*1 C c 
 
 4L<- 
 
 2 < « c 
 
 cc 
 
 < < 
 recce CC< 
 
 CC < ^3^r >^ ^ 
 
 <C 
 
 O ' C. < 
 
 C C <C 
 
 c 
 
 cc c « 
 
 c 
 
 - c<_> 
 cC/ 
 
 C C 
 
 t 
 
 cC 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 CC 
 
 CC 
 
 CC < 
 
 *3 
 
 c 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 C <<> c . 
 
 c 
 
 cc«:> 
 cC 
 CC 
 c c 
 
 c 
 
 cC? <> 
 
 c<:«. 
 
 cc<L-<0 
 
 <x<C 
 
 1. 
 
 L<3SC 
 
 
 
 cc 
 
 :oc 
 
 CC 
 
 CC 
 
 
 ccc 
 
 
 
 «L< 
 
 
 
 
 cc<« 
 
 cc <:c^ > ^ ^ c 
 ^=- ccc c 
 
 -"<£ C ' ^ 
 
 T <C C C 
 
 " c cc c 
 
 cc c 
 T*t « cc c 
 
 ^<sc= <a c cc 
 
 < < J^C< ccccCC 
 
 ' ^<c> 
 c,<c c V 
 
 c<c <c 
 
 - 
 
 c 
 
 C4C. CC 
 
 < c<: c 
 
 c ^ 
 
 f C Cc 
 
 C CC< 
 
 dec C<C ^ 
 
 fcccc^< 
 
 «r cc <: < <* 
 
 <: cc<Zc<3C a 
 
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 003 122 487 1